US20040063162A1 - System for cell-based screening - Google Patents

System for cell-based screening Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20040063162A1
US20040063162A1 US10/686,161 US68616103A US2004063162A1 US 20040063162 A1 US20040063162 A1 US 20040063162A1 US 68616103 A US68616103 A US 68616103A US 2004063162 A1 US2004063162 A1 US 2004063162A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
cells
cell
screening system
cell screening
digital camera
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/686,161
Inventor
R. Dunlay
D. Taylor
Albert Gough
Kenneth Giuliano
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Cellomics Inc
Original Assignee
Cellomics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=25205216&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20040063162(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority claimed from US09/724,376 external-priority patent/US6671624B1/en
Application filed by Cellomics Inc filed Critical Cellomics Inc
Priority to US10/686,161 priority Critical patent/US20040063162A1/en
Assigned to CARL ZEISS JENA GMBH reassignment CARL ZEISS JENA GMBH ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: CELLOMICS, INC.
Publication of US20040063162A1 publication Critical patent/US20040063162A1/en
Assigned to CELLOMICS, INC. reassignment CELLOMICS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: CARL ZEISS JENA GMBH, CARL ZEISS MICROIMAGING, INC.
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B82NANOTECHNOLOGY
    • B82YSPECIFIC USES OR APPLICATIONS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MEASUREMENT OR ANALYSIS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MANUFACTURE OR TREATMENT OF NANOSTRUCTURES
    • B82Y30/00Nanotechnology for materials or surface science, e.g. nanocomposites
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6813Hybridisation assays
    • G01N15/1433
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • G01N21/63Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
    • G01N21/64Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
    • G01N21/6428Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes"
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • G01N21/63Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
    • G01N21/64Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
    • G01N21/645Specially adapted constructive features of fluorimeters
    • G01N21/6452Individual samples arranged in a regular 2D-array, e.g. multiwell plates
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • G01N21/63Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
    • G01N21/64Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
    • G01N21/645Specially adapted constructive features of fluorimeters
    • G01N21/6456Spatial resolved fluorescence measurements; Imaging
    • G01N21/6458Fluorescence microscopy
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/5005Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/5005Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells
    • G01N33/5008Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics
    • G01N33/502Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics for testing non-proliferative effects
    • G01N33/5035Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics for testing non-proliferative effects on sub-cellular localization
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/58Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving labelled substances
    • G01N33/582Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving labelled substances with fluorescent label
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B21/00Microscopes
    • G02B21/16Microscopes adapted for ultraviolet illumination ; Fluorescence microscopes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B21/00Microscopes
    • G02B21/36Microscopes arranged for photographic purposes or projection purposes or digital imaging or video purposes including associated control and data processing arrangements
    • G02B21/365Control or image processing arrangements for digital or video microscopes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00277Apparatus
    • B01J2219/00279Features relating to reactor vessels
    • B01J2219/00306Reactor vessels in a multiple arrangement
    • B01J2219/00313Reactor vessels in a multiple arrangement the reactor vessels being formed by arrays of wells in blocks
    • B01J2219/00315Microtiter plates
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00277Apparatus
    • B01J2219/00279Features relating to reactor vessels
    • B01J2219/00306Reactor vessels in a multiple arrangement
    • B01J2219/00313Reactor vessels in a multiple arrangement the reactor vessels being formed by arrays of wells in blocks
    • B01J2219/00315Microtiter plates
    • B01J2219/00317Microwell devices, i.e. having large numbers of wells
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/0068Means for controlling the apparatus of the process
    • B01J2219/00702Processes involving means for analysing and characterising the products
    • B01J2219/00707Processes involving means for analysing and characterising the products separated from the reactor apparatus
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00718Type of compounds synthesised
    • B01J2219/0072Organic compounds
    • B01J2219/0074Biological products
    • B01J2219/00743Cells
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L3/00Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
    • B01L3/50Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
    • B01L3/508Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes rigid containers not provided for above
    • B01L3/5085Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes rigid containers not provided for above for multiple samples, e.g. microtitration plates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C40COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
    • C40BCOMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
    • C40B60/00Apparatus specially adapted for use in combinatorial chemistry or with libraries
    • C40B60/14Apparatus specially adapted for use in combinatorial chemistry or with libraries for creating libraries
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N15/00Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume, or surface-area of porous materials
    • G01N15/10Investigating individual particles
    • G01N15/14Electro-optical investigation, e.g. flow cytometers
    • G01N2015/1486Counting the particles
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N15/00Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume, or surface-area of porous materials
    • G01N15/10Investigating individual particles
    • G01N15/14Electro-optical investigation, e.g. flow cytometers
    • G01N2015/1497Particle shape
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • G01N21/63Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
    • G01N21/64Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
    • G01N2021/6417Spectrofluorimetric devices
    • G01N2021/6419Excitation at two or more wavelengths
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • G01N21/63Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
    • G01N21/64Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
    • G01N21/645Specially adapted constructive features of fluorimeters
    • G01N2021/6482Sample cells, cuvettes
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S436/00Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10S436/80Fluorescent dyes, e.g. rhodamine
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S436/00Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10S436/807Apparatus included in process claim, e.g. physical support structures
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S436/00Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10S436/807Apparatus included in process claim, e.g. physical support structures
    • Y10S436/809Multifield plates or multicontainer arrays
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S977/00Nanotechnology
    • Y10S977/70Nanostructure
    • Y10S977/788Of specified organic or carbon-based composition
    • Y10S977/795Composed of biological material
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S977/00Nanotechnology
    • Y10S977/84Manufacture, treatment, or detection of nanostructure
    • Y10S977/88Manufacture, treatment, or detection of nanostructure with arrangement, process, or apparatus for testing
    • Y10S977/881Microscopy or spectroscopy, e.g. sem, tem
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S977/00Nanotechnology
    • Y10S977/902Specified use of nanostructure
    • Y10S977/904Specified use of nanostructure for medical, immunological, body treatment, or diagnosis
    • Y10S977/92Detection of biochemical
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S977/00Nanotechnology
    • Y10S977/902Specified use of nanostructure
    • Y10S977/932Specified use of nanostructure for electronic or optoelectronic application
    • Y10S977/94Specified use of nanostructure for electronic or optoelectronic application in a logic circuit
    • Y10S977/941Specified use of nanostructure for electronic or optoelectronic application in a logic circuit including dna logic element
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S977/00Nanotechnology
    • Y10S977/902Specified use of nanostructure
    • Y10S977/932Specified use of nanostructure for electronic or optoelectronic application
    • Y10S977/94Specified use of nanostructure for electronic or optoelectronic application in a logic circuit
    • Y10S977/942Specified use of nanostructure for electronic or optoelectronic application in a logic circuit including protein logic element

Definitions

  • This invention is in the field of fluorescence-based cell and molecular biochemical assays for drug discovery.
  • Drug discovery is a long, multiple step process involving identification of specific disease targets, development of an assay based on a specific target, validation of the assay, optimization and automation of the assay to produce a screen, high throughput screening of compound libraries using the assay to identify “hits”, hit validation and hit compound optimization.
  • the output of this process is a lead compound that goes into pre-clinical and, if validated, eventually into clinical trials.
  • the screening phase is distinct from the assay development phases, and involves testing compound efficacy in living biological systems.
  • genomic targets as points for therapeutic intervention using the existing methods and protocols has become a bottleneck in the drug discovery process due to the slow, manual methods employed, such as in vivo functional models, functional analysis of recombinant proteins, and stable cell line expression of candidate genes.
  • Primary DNA sequence data acquired through automated sequencing does not permit identification of gene function, but can provide information about common “motifs” and specific gene homology when compared to known sequence databases.
  • Genomic methods such as subtraction hybridization and RADE (rapid amplification of differential expression) can be used to identify genes that are up or down regulated in a disease state model. However, identification and validation still proceed down the same pathway.
  • proteomic methods use protein identification (global expression arrays, 2D electrophoresis, combinatorial libraries) in combination with reverse genetics to identify candidate genes of interest.
  • protein identification global expression arrays, 2D electrophoresis, combinatorial libraries
  • DAS isolated as intact cDNA are a great advantage to these methods, but they are identified by the hundreds without providing any information regarding type, activity, and distribution of the encoded protein.
  • Choosing a subset of DAS as drug screening targets is “random”, and thus extremely inefficient, without functional data to provide a mechanistic link with disease. It is necessary, therefore, to provide new technologies to rapidly screen DAS to establish biological function, thereby improving target validation and candidate optimization in drug discovery.
  • GFP modified green fluorescent protein
  • GFP GFP-binding protein
  • a tool for visualizing subcellular organelles Roszuto et al., Curr. Biology 5 (1995), p. 635-642)
  • visualization of protein transport along the secretory pathway Kaether and Gerdes, FEBS Letters 369 (1995), p. 267-271)
  • expression in plant cells Hu and Cheng, FEBS Letters 369 (1995), p. 331-334)
  • Drosophila embryos Davis et al., Dev. Biology 170 (1995), p.
  • W096/23898 relates to methods of detecting biologically active substances affecting intracellular processes by utilizing a GFP construct having a protein kinase activation site.
  • WO 96/09598 describes a system for isolating cells of interest utilizing the expression of a GFP like protein.
  • WO 96/27675 describes the expression of GFP in plants.
  • WO 95/21191 describes modified GFP protein expressed in transformed organisms to detect mutagenesis.
  • U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,401,629 and 5,436,128 describe assays and compositions for detecting and evaluating the intracellular transduction of an extracellular signal using recombinant cells that express cell surface receptors and contain reporter gene constructs that include transcriptional regulatory elements that are responsive to the activity of cell surface receptors.
  • Standard high throughput screens use mixtures of compounds and biological reagents along with some indicator compound loaded into arrays of wells in standard microtiter plates with 96 or 384 wells.
  • the signal measured from each well either fluorescence emission, optical density, or radioactivity, integrates the signal from all the material in the well giving an overall population average of all the molecules in the well.
  • SAIC Science Applications International Corporation 130 Fifth Avenue, Seattle, Wash. 98109
  • This system uses a CCD camera to image the whole area of a 96 well plate. The image is analyzed to calculate the total fluorescence per well for all the material in the well.
  • Molecular Devices, Inc. (Sunnyvale, Calif.) describes a system (FLIPR) which uses low angle laser scanning illumination and a mask to selectively excite fluorescence within approximately 200 microns of the bottoms of the wells in standard 96 well plates in order to reduce background when imaging cell monolayers.
  • FLIPR a system
  • This system uses a CCD camera to image the whole area of the plate bottom. Although this system measures signals originating from a cell monolayer at the bottom of the well, the signal measured is averaged over the area of the well and is therefore still considered a measurement of the average response of a population of cells. The image is analyzed to calculate the total fluorescence per well for cell-based assays.
  • Fluid delivery devices have also been incorporated into cell based screening systems, such as the FLIPR system, in order to initiate a response, which is then observed as a whole well population average response using a macro-imaging system.
  • High-content screens automate the extraction of multicolor fluorescence information derived from specific fluorescence-based reagents incorporated into cells (Giuliano and Taylor (1995), Curr. Op. Cell Biol. 7:4; Giuliano et al. (1995) Ann. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct. 24:405). Cells are analyzed using an optical system that can measure spatial, as well as temporal dynamics. (Farkas et al. (1993) Ann. Rev. Physiol. 55:785; Giuliano et al.
  • the types of biochemical and molecular information now accessible through fluorescence-based reagents applied to cells include ion concentrations, membrane potential, specific translocations, enzyme activities, gene expression, as well as the presence, amounts and patterns of metabolites, proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, and nucleic acid sequences (DeBiasio et al., (1996) Mol. Biol. Cell. 7:1259;Giuliano et al., (1995) Ann. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct. 24:405; Heim and Tsien, (1996) Curr. Biol. 6:178).
  • High-content screens can be performed on either fixed cells, using fluorescently labeled antibodies, biological ligands, and/or nucleic acid hybridization probes, or live cells using multicolor fluorescent indicators and “biosensors.”
  • the choice of fixed or live cell screens depends on the specific cell-based assay required.
  • Live cell assays are more sophisticated and powerful, since an array of living cells containing the desired reagents can be screened over time, as well as space.
  • Environmental control of the cells temperature, humidity, and carbon dioxide
  • the physiological health of the cells must be maintained for multiple fluorescence measurements over time.
  • fluorescent physiological indicators and “biosensors” that can report changes in biochemical and molecular activities within cells (Giuliano et al., (1995) Ann. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct. 24:405; Hahn et al., (1993) In Fluorescent and Luminescent Probes for Biological Activity . W. T. Mason, (ed.), pp. 349-359, Academic Press, San Diego).
  • the system consists of an epifluorescence inverted microscope with a motorized stage, video camera, image intensifier, and a microcomputer with a PC-Vision digitizer.
  • Turbo Pascal software controls the stage and scans the plate taking multiple images per well.
  • the software calculates total fluorescence per well, provides for daily calibration, and configures easily for a variety of tissue culture plate formats. Thresholding of digital images and reagents which fluoresce only when taken up by living cells are used to reduce background fluorescence without removing excess fluorescent reagent.
  • the instant invention provides systems, methods, and screens that combine high throughput screening (ITS) and high content screening (HCS) that significantly improve target validation and candidate optimization by combining many cell screening formats with fluorescence-based molecular reagents and computer-based feature extraction, data analysis, and automation, resulting in increased quantity and speed of data collection, shortened cycle times, and, ultimately, faster evaluation of promising drug candidates.
  • ITS high throughput screening
  • HCS high content screening
  • the instant invention also provides for miniaturizing the methods, thereby allowing increased throughput, while decreasing the volumes of reagents and test compounds required in each assay.
  • the present invention relates to a method for analyzing cells comprising
  • the method rapidly determines the distribution, environment, or activity of fluorescently labeled reporter molecules in cells for the purpose of screening large numbers of compounds for those that specifically affect particular biological functions.
  • the array of locations may be a microtiter plate or a microchip which is a microplate having cells in an array of locations.
  • the method includes computerized means for acquiring, processing, displaying and storing the data received.
  • the method further comprises automated fluid delivery to the arrays of cells.
  • the information obtained from high throughput measurements on the same plate are used to selectively perform high content screening on only a subset of the cell locations on the plate.
  • a cell screening system that comprises:
  • an XY stage adapted for holding a plate containing an array of cells and having a means for moving the plate for proper alignment and focusing on the cell arrays;
  • a light source having optical means for directing excitation light to cell arrays and a means for directing fluorescent light emitted from the cells to the digital camera;
  • a computer means for receiving and processing digital data from the digital camera
  • the computer means includes a digital frame grabber for receiving the images from the camera, a display for user interaction and display of assay results, digital storage media for data storage and archiving, and a means for control, acquisition, processing and display of results.
  • the cell screening system further comprises a computer screen operatively associated with the computer for displaying data.
  • the computer means for receiving and processing digital data from the digital camera stores the data in a bioinformatics data base.
  • the cell screening system further comprises a reader that measures a signal from many or all the wells in parallel.
  • the cell screening system further comprises a mechanical-optical means for changing the magnification of the system, to allow changing modes between high throughput and high content screening.
  • the cell screening system further comprises a chamber and control system to maintain the temperature, CO 2 concentration and humidity surrounding the plate at levels required to keep cells alive.
  • the cell screening system utilizes a confocal scanning illumination and detection system.
  • a machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute procedures for defining the distribution and activity of specific cellular constituents and processes.
  • the cell screening system comprises a high magnification fluorescence optical system with a stage adapted for holding cells and a means for moving the stage, a digital camera, a light source for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera, and a computer means for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera.
  • Preferred embodiments of the machine readable storage medium comprise programs consisting of a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute the procedures set forth in FIGS. 9, 11, 12 , 13 , 14 or 15 .
  • Another preferred embodiment comprises a program consisting of a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute procedures for detecting the distribution and activity of specific cellular constituents and processes.
  • the cellular processes include, but are not limited to, nuclear translocation of a protein, cellular hypertrophy, apoptosis, and protease-induced translocation of a protein.
  • FIG. 1 shows a diagram of the components of the cell-based scanning system.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic of the microscope subassembly.
  • FIG. 3 shows the camera subassembly.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates cell scanning system process
  • FIG. 5 illustrates a user interface showing major functions to guide the user.
  • FIG. 6 is a block diagram of the two platform architecture of the Dual Mode System for Cell Based Screening in which one platform uses a telescope lens to read all wells of a microtiter plate and a second platform that uses a higher magnification lens to read individual cells in a well.
  • FIG. 7 is a detail of an optical system for a single platform architecture of the Dual Mode System for Cell Based Screening that uses a moveable ‘telescope’ lens to read all wells of a microtiter plate and a moveable higher magnification lens to read individual cells in a well.
  • FIG. 8 is an illustration of the fluid delivery system for acquiring kinetic data on the Cell Based Screening System.
  • FIG. 9 is a flow chart of processing step for the cell-based scanning system.
  • FIGS. 10 A-J illustrates the strategy of the Nuclear Translocation Assay.
  • FIG. 11 is a flow chart defining the processing steps in the Dual Mode System for Cell Based Screening combining high throughput and high content screening of microtiter plates.
  • FIG. 12 is a flow chart defining the processing steps in the High Throughput mode of the System for Cell Based Screening.
  • FIG. 13 is a flow chart defining the processing steps in the High Content mode of the System for Cell Based Screening.
  • FIG. 14 is a flow chart defining the processing steps required for acquiring kinetic data in the High Content mode of the System for Cell Based Screening.
  • FIG. 15 is a flow chart defining the processing steps performed within a well during the acquisition of kinetic data.
  • FIG. 16 is an example of data from a known inhibitor of translocation.
  • FIG. 17 is an example of data from a known stimulator of translocation.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates data presentation on a graphical display.
  • FIG. 19 is an illustration of the data from the High Throughput mode of the System for Cell Based Screening, an example of the data passed to the High Content mode, the data acquired in the high content mode, and the results of the analysis of that data.
  • FIG. 20 shows the measurement of a drug-induced cytoplasm to nuclear translocation.
  • FIG. 21 illustrates a graphical user interface of the measurement shown in FIG. 20.
  • FIG. 22 illustrates a graphical user interface, with data presentation, of the measurement shown in FIG. 20.
  • FIG. 23 is a graph representing the kinetic data obtained from the measurements depicted in FIG. 20.
  • FIG. 24 details a high-content screen of drug-induced apoptosis.
  • Luminescent probes that have high affinity for specific cellular constituents including specific organelles or molecules. These probes can either be small luminescent molecules or fluorescently tagged macromolecules used as “labeling reagents”, “environmental indicators”, or “biosensors.”
  • Labeling reagents include, but are not limited to, luminescently labeled macromolecules including fluorescent protein analogs and biosensors, luminescent macromolecular chimeras including those formed with the green fluorescent protein and mutants thereof, luminescently labeled primary or secondary antibodies that react with cellular antigens involved in a physiological response, luminescent stains, dyes, and other small molecules.
  • Translocation markers can either simply report location relative to the markers of cellular domains or they can also be “biosensors” that report some biochemical or molecular activity as well.
  • Macromolecules consisting of a biological functional domain and a luminescent probe or probes that report the environmental changes that occur either internally or on their surface.
  • a class of luminescently labeled macromolecules designed to sense and report these changes have been termed “fluorescent-protein biosensors”.
  • the protein component of the biosensor provides a highly evolved molecular recognition moiety.
  • a fluorescent molecule attached to the protein component in the proximity of an active site transduces environmental changes into fluorescence signals that are detected using a system with an appropriate temporal and spatial resolution such as the cell scanning system of the present invention. Because the modulation of native protein activity within the living cell is reversible, and because fluorescent-protein biosensors can be designed to sense reversible changes in protein activity, these biosensors are essentially reusable.
  • DAS Disease Associated Sequences
  • This term refers to nucleic acid sequences identified by standard techniques, such as primary DNA sequence data, genomic methods such as subtraction hybridization and RADE, and proteomic methods in combination with reverse genetics, as being of drug candidate compounds. The term does not mean that the sequence is only associated with a disease state.
  • High content screening can be used to measure the effects of drugs on complex molecular events such as signal transduction pathways, as well as cell functions including, but not limited to, apoptosis, cell division, cell adhesion, locomotion, exocytosis, and cell-cell communication.
  • Multicolor fluorescence permits multiple targets and cell processes to be assayed in a single screen. Cross-correlation of cellular responses will yield a wealth of information required for target validation and lead optimization.
  • a cell screening system comprising a high magnification fluorescence optical system having a microscope objective, an XY stage adapted for holding a plate with an array of locations for holding cells and having a means for moving the plate to align the locations with the microscope objective and a means for moving the plate in the direction to effect focusing; a digital camera; a light source having optical means for directing excitation light to cells in the array of locations and a means for directing fluorescent light emitted from the cells to the digital camera; and a computer means for receiving and processing digital data from the digital camera wherein the computer means includes: a digital frame grabber for receiving the images from the camera, a display for user interaction and display of assay results, digital storage media for data storage and archiving, and means for control, acquisition, processing and display of results.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a preferred embodiment of the cell scanning system.
  • An inverted fluorescence microscope is used i, such as a Zeiss Axiovert inverted fluorescence microscope which uses standard objectives with magnification of 1-100 ⁇ to the camera, and a white light source (e.g. 100W mercury-arc lamp or 75W xenon lamp) with power supply 2 .
  • a white light source e.g. 100W mercury-arc lamp or 75W xenon lamp
  • a Z-axis focus drive 5 moves the objective in the Z direction for focusing.
  • a joystick 6 provides for manual movement of the stage in the XYZ direction.
  • a high resolution digital camera 7 acquires images from each well or location on the plate.
  • an automation controller 9 and a central processing unit 10 .
  • the PC 11 provides a display 12 and has associated software.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic of one embodiment of the microscope assembly 1 of the invention, showing in more detail the XY stage 3 , Z-axis focus drive 5 , joystick 6 , light source 2 , and automation controller 9 . Cables to the computer 15 and microscope 16 , respectively, are provided.
  • FIG. 2 shows a 96 well microtiter plate 17 which is moved on the XY stage 3 in the XY direction. Light from the light source 2 passes through the PC controlled shutter 18 to a motorized filter wheel 19 with excitation filters 20 . The light passes into filter cube 25 which has a dichroic mirror 26 and an emission filter 27 . Excitation light reflects off the dichroic mirror to the wells in the microtiter plate 17 and fluorescent light 28 passes through the dichroic mirror 26 and the emission filter 27 and to the digital camera 7 .
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic drawing of a preferred camera assembly.
  • the digital camera 7 which contains an automatic shutter for exposure control and a power supply 31 , receives fluorescent light 28 from the microscope assembly.
  • a digital cable 30 transports digital signals to the computer.
  • the standard optical configurations described above use microscope optics to directly produce an enlarged image of the specimen on the camera sensor in order to capture a high resolution image of the specimen.
  • This optical system is commonly referred to as ‘wide field’ microscopy.
  • a high resolution image of the specimen can be created by a variety of other optical systems, including, but not limited to, standard scanning confocal detection of a focused point or line of illumination scanned over the specimen (Go et al. 1997, supra), and multi-photon scanning confocal microscopy (Denk et al., 1990, supra), both of which can form images on a CCD detector or by synchronous digitization of the analog output of a photomultiplier tube.
  • a particular cell line or primary cell culture, to take advantage of particular features of those cells.
  • Those skilled in the art of cell culture will recognize that some cell lines are contact inhibited, meaning that they will stop growing when they become surrounded by other cells, while other cell lines will continue to grow under those conditions and the cells will literally pile up, forming many layers.
  • An example of such a cell line is the HEK 293 (ATCC CRL-1573) line.
  • An optical system that can acquire images of single cell layers in multilayer preparations is required for use with cell lines that tend to form layers.
  • the large depth of field of wide field microscopes produces an image that is a projection through the many layers of cells, making analysis of subcellular spatial distributions extremely difficult in layer-forming cells.
  • the very shallow depth of field that can be achieved on a confocal microscope (about one micron), allows discrimination of a single cell layer at high resolution, simplifying the determination of the subcellular spatial distribution.
  • confocal imaging is preferable when detection modes such as fluorescence lifetime imaging are required.
  • the output of a standard confocal imaging attachment for a microscope is a digital image that can be converted to the same format as the images produced by the other cell screening system embodiments described above, and can therefore be processed in exactly the same way as those images.
  • the overall control, acquisition and analysis in this embodiment is essentially the same.
  • the optical configuration of the confocal microscope system is essentially the same as that described above, except for the illuminator and detectors. Illumination and detection systems required for confocal microscopy have been designed as accessories to be attached to standard microscope optical systems such as that of the present invention (Zeiss, Germany). These alternative optical systems therefore can be easily integrated into the system as described above.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the invention in which cell arrays are in microwells 40 on a microplate 4 , described ion co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/865,341, incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • the microplate is 20 mm by 30 mm as compared to a standard 96 well microtiter plate which is 86 mm by 129 mm.
  • the higher density array of cells on a microplate allows the microplate to be imaged at a low resolution of a few microns per pixel for high throughput and particular locations on the microplate to be imaged at a higher resolution of less than 0.5 microns per pixel. These two resolution modes help to improve the overall throughput of the system.
  • the microplate chamber 42 serves as a microfluidic delivery system for the addition of compounds to cells.
  • the microplate 41 in the microplate chamber 42 is placed in an XY microplate reader 43 .
  • Digital data is processed as described above.
  • the small size of this microplate system increases throughput, minimizes reagent volume and allows control of the distribution and placement of cells for fast and precise cell-based analysis.
  • Processed data can be displayed on a PC screen 11 and made part of a bioinformatics data base 44 . This data base not only permits storage and retrieval of data obtained through the methods of this invention, but also permits acquisition and storage of external data relating to cells.
  • FIG. 5 is a PC display which illustrates the operation of the software.
  • a high throughput system is directly coupled with the HCS either on the same platform or on two separate platforms connected electronically (e.g. via a local area network).
  • This embodiment of the invention referred to as a dual mode optical system, has the advantage of increasing the throughput of a HCS by coupling it with a HTS and thereby requiring slower high resolution data acquisition and analysis only on the small subset of wells that show a response in the coupled HTS.
  • High throughput ‘whole plate’ reader systems are well known in the art and are commonly used as a component of an HTS system used to screen large numbers of compounds (Beggs (1997), J. of Biomolec. Screening 2:71-78, Macaffrey et al., (1996) J. Biomolec. Screening 1:187-190).
  • a two platform architecture in which high throughput acquisition occurs on one platform and high content acquisition occurs on a second platform is provided (FIG. 6). Processing occurs on each platform independently, with results passed over a network interface, or a single controller is used to process the data from both platforms.
  • an exemplified two platform dual mode optical system consists of two light optical instruments, a high throughput platform 60 and a high content platform 65 , which read fluorescent signals emitted from cells cultured in microtiter plates or microwell arrays on a microplate, and communicate with each other via an electronic connection 64 .
  • the high throughput platform 60 analyzes all the wells in the whole plate either in parallel or rapid serial fashion.
  • the high content platform 65 scans from well to well and acquires and analyzes high resolution image data collected from individual cells within a well.
  • the HTS software residing on the system's computer 62 , controls the high throughput instrument, and results are displayed on the monitor 61 .
  • the HCS software residing on it's computer system 67 controls the high content instrument hardware 65 , optional devices (e.g. plate loader, environmental chamber, fluid dispenser), analyzes digital image data from the plate, displays results on the monitor 66 and manages data measured in an integrated database.
  • the two systems can also share a single computer, in which case all data would be collected, processed and displayed on that computer, without the need for a local area network to transfer the data.
  • Microtiter plates are transferred from the high throughput system to the high content system 63 either manually or by a robotic plate transfer device, as is well known in the art (Beggs (1997), supra; Mcaffrey (1996), supra).
  • the dual mode optical system utilizes a single platform system (FIG. 7). It consists of two separate optical modules, an HCS module 203 and an HTS module 209 that can be independently or collectively moved so that only one at a time is used to collect data from the microtiter plate 201 .
  • the microtiter plate 201 is mounted in a motorized X,Y stage so it can be positioned for imaging in either HTS or HCS mode. After collecting and analyzing the HTS image data as described below, the HTS optical module 209 is moved out of the optical path and the HCS optical module 203 is moved into place.
  • the optical module for HTS 209 consists of a projection lens 214 , excitation wavelength filter 213 and dichroic mirror 210 which are used to illuminate the whole bottom of the plate with a specific wavelength band from a conventional microscope lamp system (not illustrated).
  • the fluorescence emission is collected through the dichroic mirror 210 and emission wavelength filter 211 by a lens 212 which forms an image on the camera 216 with sensor 215 .
  • the optical module for HCS 203 consists of a projection lens 208 excitation wavelength filter 207 and dichroic mirror 204 which are used to illuminate the back aperture of the microscope objective 202 , and thereby the field of that objective, from a standard microscope illumination system (not shown).
  • the fluorescence emission is collected by the microscope objective 202 , passes through the dichroic mirror 204 and emission wavelength filter 205 and is focused by a tube lens 206 which forms an image on the same camera 216 with sensor 215 .
  • the cell screening system further comprises a fluid delivery device for use with the live cell embodiment of the method of cell screening (see below).
  • FIG. 8 exemplifies a fluid delivery device for use with the system of the invention. It consists of a bank of 12 syringe pumps 701 driven by a single motor drive. Each syringe 702 is sized according to the volume to be delivered to each well, typically between 1 and 100 ⁇ L. Each syringe is attached via flexible tubing 703 to a similar bank of connectors which accept standard pipette tips 705 .
  • the bank of pipette tips are attached to a drive system so they can be lowered and raised relative to the microtiter plate 706 to deliver fluid to each well.
  • the plate is mounted on an X,Y stage, allowing movement relative to the optical system 707 for data collection purposes. This set-up allows one set of pipette tips, or even a single pipette tip, to deliver reagent to all the wells on the plate.
  • the bank of syringe pumps can be used to deliver fluid to 12 wells simultaneously, or to fewer wells by removing some of the tips.
  • the present invention provides a method for analyzing cells comprising providing an array of locations which contain multiple cells wherein the cells contain one or more fluorescent reporter molecules; scanning multiple cells in each of the locations containing cells to obtain fluorescent signals from the fluorescent reporter molecule in the cells; converting the fluorescent signals into digital data; and utilizing the digital data to determine the distribution, environment or activity of the fluorescent reporter molecule within the cells.
  • Microplates may consist of coplanar layers of materials to which cells adhere, patterned with materials to which cells will not adhere, or etched 3-dimensional surfaces of similarly pattered materials.
  • the terms ‘well’ and ‘microwell’ 0 refer to a location in an array of any construction to which cells adhere and within which the cells are imaged.
  • Microplates may also include fluid delivery channels in the spaces between the wells. The smaller format of a microplate increases the overall efficiency of the system by minimizing the quantities of the reagents, storage and handling during preparation and the overall movement required for the scanning operation. In addition, the whole area of the microplate can be imaged more efficiently, allowing a second mode of operation for the microplate reader as described later in this document.
  • a major component of the new drug discovery paradigm is a continually growing family of fluorescent and luminescent reagents that are used to measure the temporal and spatial distribution, content, and activity of intracellular ions, metabolites, macromolecules, and organelles. Classes of these reagents include labeling reagents that measure the distribution and amount of molecules in living and fixed cells, environmental indicators to report signal transduction events in time and space, and fluorescent protein biosensors to measure target molecular activities within living cells.
  • a multiparameter approach that combines several reagents in a single cell is a powerful new tool for drug discovery.
  • the method of the present invention is based on the high affinity of fluorescent or luminescent molecules for specific cellular components.
  • the affinity for specific components is governed by physical forces such as ionic interactions, covalent bonding (which includes chimeric fusion with protein-based chromophores, fluorophores, and lumiphores), as well as hydrophobic interactions, electrical potential, and, in some cases, simple entrapment within a cellular component.
  • the luminescent probes can be small molecules, labeled macromolecules, or genetically engineered proteins, including, but not limited to green fluorescent protein chimeras.
  • fluorescent reporter molecules that can be used in the present invention, including, but not limited to, fluorescently labeled biomolecules such as proteins, phospholipids and DNA hybridizing probes.
  • fluorescent reagents specifically synthesized with particular chemical properties of binding or association have been used as fluorescent reporter molecules (Barak et al., (1997), J. Biol. Chem. 272:27497-27500; Southwick et al., (1990), Cytometry 11:418-430; Tsien (1989) in Methods in Cell Biology , Vol. 29 Taylor and Wang (eds.), pp. 127-156).
  • Fluorescently labeled antibodies are particularly useful reporter molecules due to their high degree of specificity for attaching to a single molecular target in a mixture of molecules as complex as a cell or tissue.
  • the luminescent probes can be synthesized within the living cell or can be transported into the cell via several non-mechanical modes including diffusion, facilitated or active transport, signal-sequence-mediated transport, and endocytotic or pinocytotic uptake.
  • Mechanical bulk loading methods which are well known in the art, can also be used to load luminescent probes into living cells (Barber et al. (1996), Neuroscience Letters 207:17-20; Bright et al. (1996), Cytometry 24:226-233; McNeil (1989) in Methods in Cell Biology , Vol. 29, Taylor and Wang (eds.), pp. 153-173).
  • cells can be genetically engineered to express reporter molecules, such as GFP, coupled to a protein of interest as previously described (Chalfie and Prasher U.S. Pat. No. 5,491,084; Cubitt et al. (1995), Trends in Biochemical Science 20:448-455).
  • the luminescent probes accumulate at their target domain as a result of specific and high affinity interactions with the target domain or other modes of molecular targeting such as signal-sequence-mediated transport.
  • Fluorescently labeled reporter molecules are useful for determining the location, amount and chemical environment of the reporter. For example, whether the reporter is in a lipophilic membrane environment or in a more aqueous environment can be determined (Giuliano et al. (1995), Ann. Rev. of Biophysics and Biomolecular Structure 24:405-434; Giuliano and Taylor (1995), Methods in Neuroscience 27:1-16).
  • the pH environment of the reporter can be determined (Bright et al. (1989), J.
  • certain cell types within an organism may contain components that can be specifically labeled that may not occur in other cell types.
  • epithelial cells often contain polarized membrane components. That is, these cells asymmetrically distribute macromolecules along their plasma membrane.
  • Connective or supporting tissue cells often contain granules in which are trapped molecules specific to that cell type (e.g., heparin, histamine, serotonin, etc.).
  • Most muscular tissue cells contain a sarcoplasmic reticulum, a specialized organelle whose function is to regulate the concentration of calcium ions within the cell cytoplasm.
  • Many nervous tissue cells contain secretory granules and vesicles in which are trapped neurohormones or neurotransmitters. Therefore, fluorescent molecules can be designed to label not only specific components within specific cells, but also specific cells within a population of mixed cell types.
  • fluorescent reporter molecules exhibit a change in excitation or emission spectra, some exhibit resonance energy transfer where one fluorescent reporter loses fluorescence, while a second gains in fluorescence, some exhibit a loss (quenching) or appearance of fluorescence, while some report rotational movements (Giuliano et al. (1995), Ann. Rev. of Biophysics and Biomol. Structure 24:405-434; Giuliano et al. (1995), Methods in Neuroscience 27:1-16).
  • a preferred embodiment is provided to analyze cells that comprises operator-directed parameters being selected based on the assay being conducted, data acquisition by the cell screening system on the distribution of fluorescent signals within a sample, and interactive data review and analysis.
  • the operator enters information 100 that describes the sample, specifies the filter settings and fluorescent channels to match the biological labels being used and the information sought, and then adjusts the camera settings to match the sample brightness.
  • the software allows selection of various parameter settings used to identify nuclei and cytoplasm, and selection of different fluorescent reagents, identification of cells of interest based on morphology or brightness, and cell numbers to be analyzed per well.
  • the system's interactive cell identification mode simplifies the selection of morphological parameter limits such as the range of size, shape, and intensity of cells to be analyzed.
  • the user specifies which wells of the plate the system will scan and how many fields or how many cells to analyze in each well.
  • the system either automatically pre-focuses the region of the plate to be scanned using an autofocus procedure to “find focus” of the plate 102 or the user interactively pre-focuses 103 the scanning region by selecting three “tag” points which define the rectangular area to be scanned.
  • a least-squares fit “focal plane model” is then calculated from these tag points to estimate the focus of each well during an automated scan.
  • the focus of each well is estimated by interpolating from the focal plane model during a scan.
  • the software dynamically displays the scan status, including the number of cells analyzed, the current well being analyzed, images of each independent wavelength as they are acquired, and the result of the screen for each well as it is determined.
  • the plate 4 (FIG. 1) is scanned in a serpentine style as the software automatically moves the motorized microscope XY stage 3 from well to well and field to field within each well of a 96 -well plate.
  • Those skilled in the programming art will recognize how to adapt software for scanning of other microplate formats such as 24, 48, and 384 well plates.
  • the scan pattern of the entire plate as well as the scan pattern of fields within each well are programmed.
  • the system adjusts sample focus with an autofocus procedure 104 (FIG. 9) through the Z axis focus drive 5 . controls filter selection via a motorized filter wheel 19 , and acquires and analyzes images of up to four different colors (“channels” or “wavelengths”).
  • the autofocus procedure is called at a user selected frequency, typically for the first field in each well and then once every 4 to 5 fields within each well.
  • the autofocus procedure calculates the starting Z-axis point by interpolating from the pre-calculated plane focal model. Starting a programmable distance above or below this set point, the procedure moves the mechanical Z-axis through a number of different positions, acquires an image at each position, and finds the maximum of a calculated focus score that estimates the contrast of each image. The Z position of the image with the maximum focus score determines the best focus for a particular field.
  • Those skilled in the art will recognize this as a variant of automatic focusing algorithms as described in Harms et al. in Cytometry 5 (1984), 236-243, Groen et al. in Cytometry 6 (1985), 81-91, and Firestone et al. in Cytometry 12 (1991), 195-206.
  • the camera's exposure time is separately adjusted for each dye to ensure a high-quality image from each channel.
  • Software procedures can be called, at the user's option, to correct for registration shifts between wavelengths by accounting for linear (X and Y) shifts between wavelengths before making any further measurements.
  • the electronic shutter 18 is controlled so that sample photo-bleaching is kept to a minimum. Background shading and uneven illumination can be corrected by the software using methods known in the art (Bright et al. (1987), J. Cell Biol. 104:1019-1033).
  • images are acquired of a primary marker 105 (FIG. 9) (typically cell nuclei counterstained with DAPI or PI fluorescent dyes) which are segmented (“identified”) using an adaptive thresholding procedure.
  • the adaptive thresholding procedure 106 is used to dynamically select the threshold of an image for separating cells from the background.
  • the staining of cells with fluorescent dyes can vary to an unknown degree across cells in a microtiter plate sample as well as within images of a field of cells within each well of a microtiter plate. This variation can occur as a result of sample preparation and/or the dynamic nature of cells.
  • a global threshold is calculated for the complete image to separate the cells from background and account for field to field variation.
  • An alternative adaptive thresholding method utilizes local region thresholding in contrast to global image thresholding.
  • Image analysis of local regions leads to better overall segmentation since staining of cell nuclei (as well as other labeled components) can vary across an image.
  • a reduced resolution image (reduced in size by a factor of 2 to 4) is first globally segmented (using adaptive thresholding) to find regions of interest in the image. These regions then serve as guides to more fully analyze the same regions at full resolution. A more localized threshold is then calculated (again using adaptive thresholding) for each region of interest.
  • the output of the segmentation procedure is a binary image wherein the objects are white and the background is black.
  • This binary image also called a mask in the art, is used to determine if the field contains objects 107 .
  • the mask is labeled with a blob labeling algorithm whereby each object (or blob) has a unique number assigned to it.
  • Morphological features, such as area and shape, of the blobs are used to differentiate blobs likely to be cells from those that are considered artifacts.
  • the user pre-sets the morphological selection criteria by either typing in known cell morphological features or by using the interactive training utility.
  • the software determines if the object meets the criteria for a valid cell nucleus 111 by measuring its morphological features (size and shape). For each valid cell, the XYZ stage location is recorded, a small image of the cell is stored, and features are measured 112 .
  • the cell scanning method of the present invention can be used to perform many different assays on cellular samples by applying a number of analytical methods simultaneously to measure features at multiple wavelengths.
  • An example of one such assay provides for the following measurements:
  • Features 1 through 4 are general features of the different cell screening assays of the invention. These steps are commonly used in a variety of image analysis applications and are well known in art (Russ (1992) The Image Processing Handbook , CRC Press Inc.; Gonzales et al. (1987), Digital Image Processing . Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. pp. 391-448).
  • Features 5-9 have been developed specifically to provide measurements of a cell's fluorescent molecules within the local cytoplasmic region of the cell and the translocation (i.e. movement) of fluorescent molecules from the cytoplasm to the nucleus. These features (steps 5-9) are used for analyzing cells in microplates for the inhibition of nuclear translocation.
  • Feature 10 describes a screen used for counting of DNA or RNA probes within the nuclear region in colors 2-4;
  • probes are commercially available for identifying chromosome-specific DNA sequences (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, Md.; Genosys, Woodlands, Tex.; Biotechnologies, Inc., Richmond, Calif.; Bio 101, Inc., Vista, Calif.)
  • Cells are three-dimensional in nature and when examined at a high magnification under a microscope one probe may be in-focus while another may be completely out-of-focus.
  • the cell screening method of the present invention provides for detecting three-dimensional probes in nuclei by acquiring images from multiple focal planes.
  • the software moves the Z-axis motor drive 5 (FIG.
  • the system After measuring cell features 112 (FIG. 9), the system checks if there are any unprocessed objects in the current field 113 . If there are any unprocessed objects, it locates the next object 110 and determines whether it meets the criteria for a valid cell nucleus 111 , and measures its features. Once all the objects in the current field are processed, the system determines whether analysis of the current plate is complete 114 ; if not, it determines the need to find more cells in the current well 115 . If the need exists, the system advances the XYZ stage to the next field within the current well 109 or advances the stage to the next well 116 of the plate.
  • images and data can be reviewed with the system's image review, data review, and summary review facilities. All images, data, and settings from a scan are archived in the system's database for later review or for interfacing with a network information management system. Data can also be exported to other third-party statistical packages to tabulate results and generate other reports. Users can review the images alone of every cell analyzed by the system with an interactive image review procedure 117 . The user can review data on a cell-by-cell basis using a combination of interactive graphs, a data spreadsheet of measured features, and images of all the fluorescence channels of a cell of interest with the interactive cell-by-cell data review procedure 118 .
  • Graphical plotting capabilities are provided in which data can be analyzed via interactive graphs such as histograms and scatter plots. Users can review summary data that are accumulated and summarized for all cells within each well of a plate with an interactive well-by-well data review procedure 119 . Hard copies of graphs and images can be printed on a wide range of standard printers.
  • reports can be generated on one or more statistics of the measured features. Users can generate a graphical report of data summarized on a well-by-well basis for the scanned region of the plate using an interactive report generation procedure 120 . This report includes a summary of the statistics by well in tabular and graphical format and identification information on the sample. The report window allows the operator to enter comments about the scan for later retrieval. Multiple reports can be generated on many statistics and be printed with the touch of one button. Reports can be previewed for placement and data before being printed.
  • the above-recited embodiment of the method operates in a single high resolution mode referred to as the high content screening (HCS) mode.
  • HCS high content screening
  • the HCS mode provides sufficient spatial resolution within a well (on the order of 1 ⁇ m) to define the distribution of material within the well, as well as within individual cells in the well.
  • the high degree of information content accessible in that mode comes at the expense of speed and complexity of the required signal processing.
  • a high throughput system is directly coupled with the HCS either on the same platform or on two separate platforms connected electronically (e.g. via a local area network).
  • This embodiment of the invention referred to as a dual mode optical system, has the advantage of increasing the throughput of an HCS by coupling it with an HTS and thereby requiring slower high resolution data acquisition and analysis only on the small subset of wells that show a response in the coupled HTS.
  • High throughput ‘whole plate’ reader systems are well known in the art and are commonly used as a component of an. HTS system used to screen large numbers of compounds (Beggs et al. (1997), supra; McCaffrey et al. (1996), supra ).
  • the HTS of the present invention is carried out on the microtiter plate or microwell array by reading many or all wells in the plate simultaneously with sufficient resolution to make determinations on a well-by-well basis. That is, calculations are made by averaging the total signal output of many or all the cells or the bulk of the material in each well. Wells that exhibit some defined response in the HTS (the ‘hits’) are flagged by the system. Then on the same microtiter plate or microwell array, each well identified as a hit is measured via HCS as described above.
  • the dual mode process involves:
  • the operator enters information 302 that describes the plate and its contents, specifies the filter settings and fluorescent channels to match the biological labels being used, the information sought and the camera settings to match the sample brightness. These parameters are stored in the system's database for easy retrieval for each automated run.
  • the microtiter plate or microwell array is loaded into the cell screening system 303 either manually or automatically by controlling a robotic loading device.
  • An optional environmental chamber 304 is controlled by the system to maintain the temperature, humidity and CO 2 levels in the air surrounding live cells in the microtiter plate or microwell array.
  • An optional fluid delivery device 305 (see FIG. 8) is controlled by the system to dispense fluids into the wells during the scan.
  • High throughput processing 306 is first performed on the microtiter plate or microwell array by acquiring and analyzing the signal from each of the wells in the plate.
  • the processing performed in high throughput mode 307 is illustrated in FIG. 12 and described below.
  • Wells that exhibit some selected intensity response in this high throughput mode (“hits”) are identified by the system.
  • the system performs a conditional operation 308 that tests for hits. If hits are found, those specific hit wells are further analyzed in high content (micro level) mode 309 .
  • the processing performed in high content mode 312 is illustrated in FIG. 13.
  • the system updates 310 the informatics database 311 with results of the measurements on the plate. If there are more plates to be analyzed 313 the system loads the next plate 303 ; otherwise the analysis of the plates terminates 314 .
  • the dual platform system simply involves moving the plate between two optical systems rather than moving the optics.
  • the system begins the HTS acquisition and analysis 401 .
  • the HTS optical module is selected by controlling a motorized optical positioning device 402 on the dual mode system.
  • data from a primary marker on the plate is acquired 403 and wells are isolated from the plate background using a masking procedure 404 .
  • Images are also acquired in other fluorescence channels being used 405 .
  • the region in each image corresponding to each well 406 is measured 407 .
  • a feature calculated from the measurements for a particular well is compared with a predefined threshold or intensity response 408 , and based on the result the well is either flagged as a “hit” 409 or not.
  • the locations of the wells flagged as hits are recorded for subsequent high content mode processing. If there are wells remaining to be processed 410 the program loops back 406 until all the wells have been processed 411 and the system exits high throughput mode.
  • the system starts the high content mode processing 501 defined in FIG. 13.
  • the system selects the HCS optical module 502 by controlling the motorized positioning system.
  • the XY stage location of the well is retrieved from memory or disk and the stage is then moved to the selected stage location 503 .
  • the autofocus procedure 504 is called for the first field in each hit well and then once every 5 to 8 fields within each well.
  • images are acquired of the primary marker 505 (typically cell nuclei counterstained with DAPI, Hoechst or PI fluorescent dye). The images are then segmented (separated into regions of nuclei and non-nuclei) using an adaptive thresholding procedure 506 .
  • the primary marker 505 typically cell nuclei counterstained with DAPI, Hoechst or PI fluorescent dye
  • the output of the segmentation procedure is a binary mask wherein the objects are white and the background is black.
  • This binary image also called a mask in the art, is used to determine if the field contains objects 507 .
  • the mask is labeled with a blob labeling algorithm whereby each object (or blob) has a unique number assigned to it. If objects are found in the field, images are acquired for all other active channels 508 , otherwise the stage is advanced to the next field 514 in the current well. Each object is located in the image for further analysis 509 . Morphological features, such as area and shape of the objects, are used to select objects likely to be cell nuclei 510 :, and discard (do no further processing on) those that are considered artifacts.
  • the XYZ stage location is recorded, a small image of the cell is stored, and assay specific features are measured 511 .
  • the system then performs multiple tests on the cells by applying several analytical methods to measure features at each of several wavelengths. After measuring the cell features, the systems checks if there are any unprocessed objects in the current field 512 . If there are any unprocessed objects, it locates the next object 509 and determines whether it meets the criteria for a valid cell nucleus 510 , and measures its features. After processing all the objects in the current field, the system deteremines whether it needs to find more cells or fields in the current well 513 .
  • the system checks whether it has any remaining hit wells to measure 515 . If so, it advances to the next hit well 503 and proceeds through another cycle of acquisition and analysis, otherwise the HCS mode is finished 516 .
  • a method of kinetic live cell screening is provided.
  • the previously described embodiments of the invention are used to characterize the spatial distribution of cellular components at a specific point in time, the time of chemical fixation. As such, these embodiments have limited utility for implementing kinetic based screens, due to the sequential nature of the image acquisition, and the amount of time required to read all the wells on a plate. For example, since a plate can require 30-60 minutes to read through all the wells, only very slow kinetic processes can be measured by simply preparing a plate of live cells and then reading through all the wells more than once. Faster kinetic processes can be measured by taking multiple readings of each well before proceeding to the next well, but the elapsed time between the first and last well would be too long, and fast kinetic processes would likely be complete before reaching the last well.
  • the kinetic live cell extension of the invention enables the design and use of screens in which a biological process is characterized by its kinetics instead of, or in addition to, its spatial characteristics.
  • a response in live cells can be measured by adding a reagent to a specific well and making multiple measurements on that well with the appropriate timing.
  • This dynamic live cell embodiment of the invention therefore includes apparatus for fluid delivery to individual wells of the system in order to deliver reagents to each well at a specific time in advance of reading the well. This embodiment thereby allows kinetic measurements to be made with temporal resolution of seconds to minutes on each well of the plate.
  • the acquisition control program is modified to allow repetitive data collection from sub-regions of the plate, allowing the system to read other wells between the time points required for an individual well.
  • FIG. 8 describes an example of a fluid delivery device for use with the live cell embodiment of the invention and is described above.
  • This set-up allows one set of pipette tips 705 , or even a single pipette tip, to deliver reagent to all the wells on the plate.
  • the bank of syringe pumps 701 can be used to deliver fluid to 12 wells simultaneously, or to fewer wells by removing some of the tips 705 .
  • the temporal resolution of the system can therefore be adjusted, without sacrificing data collection efficiency, by changing the number of tips and the scan pattern as follows. Typically, the data collection and analysis from a single well takes about 5 seconds.
  • the temporal resolution can be adjusted without having to insert wait times between acquisitions. Because the system is continuously scanning and acquiring data, the overall time to collect a kinetic data set from the plate is then simply the time to perform a single scan of the plate, multiplied by the number of time points required. Typically, 1 time point before addition of compounds and 2 or 3 time points following addition should be sufficient for screening purposes.
  • FIG. 14 shows the acquisition sequence used for kinetic analysis.
  • the start of processing 801 is configuration of the system, much of which is identical to the standard HCS configuration.
  • the operator must enter information specific to the kinetic analysis being performed 802 , such as the sub-region size, the number of time points required, and the required time increment.
  • a sub-region is a group of wells that will be scanned repetitively in order to accumulate kinetic data.
  • the size of the sub-region is adjusted so that the system can scan a whole sub-region once during a single time increment, thus minimizing wait times.
  • the optimum sub-region size is calculated from the setup parameters, and adjusted if necessary by the operator.
  • FIG. 15 details a flow chart for that processing. All of the steps between the start 901 and the return 902 are identical to those described as steps 504 - 514 in FIG. 13.
  • the system After processing each well in a sub-region, the system checks to see if all the wells in the sub-region have been processed 806 (FIG. 14), and cycles through all the wells until the whole region has been processed. The system then moves the plate into position for fluid addition, and controls fluidic system delivery of fluids to the entire sub-region. 807 . This may require multiple additions for sub-regions which span several rows on the plate, with the system moving the plate on the X,Y stage between additions. Once the fluids have been added, the system moves to the first well in the sub-region 808 to begin acquisition of time points. The data is acquired from each well 809 and as before the system cycles through all the wells in the sub-region 810 .
  • the system After each pass through the sub-region, the system checks whether all the time points have been collected 811 and if not, pauses 813 if necessary 812 to stay synchronized with the requested time increment. Otherwise, the system checks for additional sub-regions on the plate 814 and either moves to the next sub-region 803 or finishes 815 .
  • the kinetic analysis mode comprises operator identification of sub-regions of the microtiter plate or microwells to be screened, based on the kinetic response to be investigated, with data acquisitions within a sub-region prior to data acquisition in subsequent sub-regions.
  • a machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute procedures for defining the distribution and activity of specific cellular constituents and processes.
  • the cell screening system comprises a high magnification fluorescence optical system with a stage adapted for holding cells and a means for moving the stage, a digital camera, a light source for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera, and a computer means for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera.
  • This aspect of the invention comprises programs that instruct the cell screening system to define the distribution and activity of specific cellular constituents and processes, using the. luminescent probes, the optical imaging system, and the pattern recognition software of the invention.
  • Preferred embodiments of the machine readable storage medium comprise programs consisting of a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute the procedures set forth in FIGS. 9, 11, 12 , 13 , 14 or 15 .
  • Another preferred embodiment comprises a program consisting of a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute procedures for detecting the distribution and activity of specific cellular constituents and processes.
  • the cellular processes include, but are not limited to, nuclear translocation of a protein, cellular hypertrophy, apoptosis, and protease-induced translocation of a protein.
  • the distribution of the transcription factor is determined by labeling the nuclei with a DNA specific fluorophore like Hoechst 33423 and the transcription factor with a specific fluorescent antibody. After autofocusing on the Hoechst labeled nuclei, an image of the nuclei is acquired in the cell-based screening system at 20 ⁇ magnification and used to create a mask by one of several optional thresholding methods, as described supra. The morphological descriptors of the regions defined by the mask are compared with the user defined parameters and valid nuclear masks are identified and used with the following algorithm to extract transcription factor distributions. Each valid nuclear mask is eroded to define a slightly smaller nuclear region.
  • FIG. 10A illustrates an unstimulated cell with its nucleus 200 labeled with a blue fluorophore and a transcription factor in the cytoplasm 201 labeled with a green fluorophore.
  • FIG. 10B illustrates the nuclear mask 202 derived by the cell-based screening system.
  • FIG. 10C illustrates the cytoplasm 203 of the unstimulated cell imaged at a green wavelength.
  • FIG. 10D illustrates the nuclear mask 202 is eroded (reduced) once to define a nuclear sampling region 204 with minimal cytoplasmic distribution.
  • the nucleus boundary 202 is dilated (expanded) several times to form a ring that is 2-3 pixels wide that is used to define the cytoplasmic sampling region 205 for the same cell.
  • FIG. 10E further illustrates a side view which shows the nuclear sampling region 204 and the cytoplasmic sampling region 205 . Using these two sampling regions, data on nuclear translocation can be automatically analyzed by the cell-based screening system on a cell by cell basis.
  • FIG. 10 F-J illustrates the strategy for determining nuclear translocation in a stimulated cell.
  • FIG. 10F illustrates a stimulated cell with its nucleus 206 labeled with a blue fluorophore and a transcription factor in the cytoplasm 207 labeled with a green fluorophore.
  • the nuclear mask 208 in FIG. 10G is derived by the cell based screening system.
  • FIG. 10H illustrates the cytoplasm 209 of a stimulated cell imaged at a green wavelength.
  • FIG. 10I illustrates the nuclear sampling region 211 and cytoplasmic sampling region 212 of the stimulated cell.
  • FIG. 10J further illustrates a side view which shows the nuclear sampling region 211 and the cytoplasmic sampling region 212 .
  • a specific application of this method has been used to validate this method as a screen.
  • a human cell line was plated in 96 well microtiter plates. Some rows of wells were titrated with agonist, a known inducer of a specific nuclear transcription factor. The cells were then fixed and stained by standard methods with a fluorescein labeled antibody to the transcription factor, and Hoechst 33423. The cell-based screening system was used to acquire and analyze images from this plate and the NucCyt Difference was found to be strongly correlated with the amount of agonist added to the wells as illustrated in FIG. 16. In a second experiment, an antagonist to the receptor for the agonist was titrated in the presence of agonist, progressively inhibiting agonist-induced translocation of the transcription factor. The NucCyt Difference was found to strongly correlate with this inhibition of translocation, as illustrated in FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 18 is a representative display on a PC screen of data which was obtained in accordance with Example 1.
  • Graph 1 180 plots the difference between the average antibody fluorescence in the nuclear sampling region and cytoplasmic sampling region, NucCyt Difference verses Well #.
  • Graph 2 181 plots the average fluorescence of the antibody in the nuclear sampling region, NP1 average, versus the Well #.
  • Graph 3 182 plots the average antibody fluorescence in the cytoplasmic sampling region, LIP1 average, versus Well #.
  • the software permits displaying data from each cell.
  • FIG. 18 shows a screen display 183 , the nuclear image 184 , and the fluorescent antibody image 185 for cell #26.
  • NucCyt Difference referred to in graph 1 180 of FIG. 18 is the difference between the average cytoplasmic probe (fluorescent reporter molecule) intensity and the average nuclear probe (fluorescent reporter molecule) intensity.
  • NP1 average referred to in graph 2 181 of FIG. 18 is the average of cyloplasmic probe (fluorescent reporter molecule) intensity within the nuclear sampling region.
  • L1P1 average referred to in graph 3 182 of FIG. 18 is the average probe (fluorescent reporter molecule) intensity within the cytoplasmic sampling region.
  • Hypertrophy in cardiac myocytes has been associated with a cascade of alterations in gene expression and can be characterized in cell culture by an alteration in cell size, that is clearly visible in adherent cells growing on a coverslip.
  • a screen is implemented using the following strategy.
  • Myocyte cell line QM7 Quail muscle clone 7; ATCC CRL-1962
  • Myocyte cell line QM7 Quail muscle clone 7; ATCC CRL-1962
  • a fluorescent antibody to a cell surface marker and a DNA label like Hoechst. After focusing on the Hoechst labeled nuclei, two images are acquired, one of the Hoechst labeled nuclei and one of the fluorescent antibody.
  • the nuclei are identified by thresholding to create a mask and then comparing the morphological descriptors of the mask with a set of user defined descriptor values. Local regions containing cells are defined around the nuclei. The limits of the cells in those regions are then defined by a local dynamic threshold operation on the same region in the fluorescent antibody image. A sequence of erosions and dilations is used to separate slightly touching cells and a second set of morphological descriptors is used to identify single cells. The area of the individual cells is tabulated in order to define the distribution of cell sizes for comparison with size data from normal and hypertrophic cells.
  • a second fluorescent antibody to a particular cellular protein, such as one of the major muscle proteins actin or myosin can be included. Images of this second antibody can be acquired and stored with the above images, for later review, to identify anomalies in the distribution of these proteins in hypertrophic cells, or algorithms can be developed to automatically analyze the distributions of the labeled proteins in these images.
  • the following example is a screen for activation of a G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR) as detected by the translocation of the GPCR from the plasma membrane to a proximal nuclear location.
  • GPCR G-protein coupled receptor
  • G-protein coupled receptors are a large class of 7 trans-membrane domain cell surface receptors. Ligands for these receptors stimulate a cascade of secondary signals in the cell, which may include, but are not limited to, Ca ++ transients, cyclic AMP production, inositol triphosphate (IP 3 ) production and phosphorylation. Each of these signals are rapid, occuring in a matter of seconds to minutes, but are also generic. For example, many different GPCRs produce a secondary Ca ++ signal when activated. Stimulation of a GPCR also results in the transport of that GPCR from the cell surface membrane to an internal, proximal nuclear compartment. This internalization is a much more receptor-specific indicator of activation of a particular receptor than are the secondary signals described above.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates a dual mode screen for activation of a GPCR.
  • Cells carrying a stable chimera of the GPCR with a blue fluorescent protein (BFP) would be loaded with the acetoxymethylester form of Fluo-3, a cell permeable calcium indicator (green fluorescence) that is trapped in living cells by the hydrolysis of the esters. They would then be deposited into the wells of a microtiter plate 601 . The wells would then be treated with an array of test compounds using a fluid delivery system, and a short sequence of Fluo-3 images of the whole microtiter plate would be acquired and analyzed for wells exhibiting a calcium response (i.e., high throughput mode).
  • BFP blue fluorescent protein
  • the images would appear like the illustration of the microtiter plate 601 in FIG. 19.
  • a small number of wells such as wells C4 and E9 in the illustration, would fluoresce more brightly due to the Ca ++ released upon stimulation of the receptors.
  • the locations of wells containing compounds that induced a response 602 would then be transferred to the HCS program and the optics switched for detailed cell by cell analysis of the blue fluorescence for evidence of GPCR translocation to the perinuclear region.
  • the bottom of FIG. 19 illustrates the two possible outcomes of the analysis of the high resolution cell data.
  • the camera images a sub-region 604 of the well area 603 , producing images of the fluorescent cells 605 .
  • the uniform distribution of the fluorescence in the cells indicates that the receptor has not internalized, implying that the Ca ++ response seen was the result of the stimulation of some other signalling system in the cell.
  • the cells in well E9 606 clearly indicate a concentration of the receptor in the perinuclear region clearly indicating the full activation of the receptor. Because only a few hit wells have to be analyzed with high resolution, the overall throughput of the dual mode system can be quite high, comparable to the high throughput system alone.
  • the following is an example of a screen to measure the kinetics of internalization of a receptor.
  • the stimulation of a GPCR results in the internalization of the receptor, with a time course of about 15 min.
  • Simply detecting the endpoint as internalized or not, may not be sufficient for defining the potency of a compound as a GPCR agonist or antagonist.
  • 3 time points at 5 min intervals would provide information not only about potency during the time course of measurement, but would also allow extrapolation of the data to much longer time periods.
  • the sub-region would be defined as two rows, the sampling interval as 5 minutes and the total number of time points 3.
  • HCS human glucocorticoid receptor
  • hormone receptors are excellent drug targets because their activity lies at the apex of key intracellular signaling pathways. Therefore, a high-content screen of hGR translocation has distinct advantage over in vitro ligand-receptor binding assays.
  • the availability of up to two more channels of fluorescence in the cell screening system of the present invention permits the screen to contain two additional parameters in parallel, such as other receptors, other distinct targets or other cellular processes.
  • a eukaryotic expression plasmid containing a coding sequence for a green fluorescent protein—human glucocorticoid receptor (GFP-hGR) chimera was prepared using GFP mutants (Palm et al., Nat. Struct. Biol. 4:361 (1997). The construct was used to transfect a human cervical carcinoma cell line (HeLa).
  • GFP-hGR green fluorescent protein—human glucocorticoid receptor
  • HeLa cells (ATCC CCL-2) were trypsinized and plated using DMEM containing 5% charcoal/dextran-treated fetal bovine serum (FBS) (HyClone) and 1% penicillin-streptomycin (C-DMEM) 12-24 hours prior to transfection and incubated at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 . Transfections were performed by calcium phosphate co-precipitation (Graham and Van der Eb, Virology 52:456, 1973; Sambrook et al., (1989). Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual , Second ed. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, 1989) or with Lipofectamine (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, Md.).
  • the medium was replaced, prior to transfection, with DMEM containing 5% charcoal/dextran-treated FBS.
  • Cells were incubated with the calcium phosphate-DNA precipitate for 4-5 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 , washed 3-4 times with DMEM to remove the precipitate, followed by the addition of C-DMEM.
  • Lipofectamine transfections were performed in serum-free DMEM without antibiotics according to the manufacturer's instructions (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, Md.). Following a 2-3 hour incubation with the DNA-liposome complexes, the medium was removed and replaced with C-DMEM. All transfected cells in 96-well microtiter plates were incubated at 33° C. and 5% CO 2 for 24-48 hours prior to drug treatment. Experiments were performed with the receptor expressed transiently in HeLa cells.
  • nuclei of transfected cells were first labeled with 5 ⁇ g/ml Hoechst 33342 (Molecular Probes) in C-DMEM for 20 minutes at 33° C. and 5% CO 2 .
  • Cells were washed once in Hank's Balanced Salt Solution (HBSS) followed by the addition of 100 nM dexamethasone in HBSS with 1% charcoal/dextran-treated FBS.
  • HBSS Hank's Balanced Salt Solution
  • transfected HeLa cells were first washed with DMEM and then incubated at 33° C.
  • this translocation ratio was calculated from data obtained from at least 200 cells at each concentration of dexamethasone tested. Drug-induced translocation of GFP-hGR from the cytoplasm to the nucleus was therefore correlated with an increase in the translocation ratio.
  • FIG. 20 schematically displays the drug-induced cytoplasm 253 to nucleus 252 translocation of the human glucocorticoid receptor.
  • the upper pair of schematic diagrams depicts the localization of GFP-hGR within the cell before 250 (A) and after 251 (B) stimulation with dexamethasone.
  • the drug induces a large portion of the cytoplasmic GFP-hGR to translocate into the nucleus. This redistribution is quantified by determining the. integrated intensities ratio of the cytoplasmic and nuclear fluorescence in treated 255 and untreated 254 cells.
  • the lower pair of fluorescence micrographs show the dynamic redistribution of GFP-hGR in a single cell, before 254 and after 255 treatment.
  • the HCS is performed on wells containing hundreds to thousands of transfected cells and the translocation is quantified for each cell in the field exhibiting GFP fluorescence.
  • the use of a stably transfected cell line would yield the most consistently labeled cells, the heterogeneous levels of GFP-hGR expression induced by transient transfection did not interfere with analysis by the cell screening system of the present invention.
  • the cell screening system scans each well of the plate, images a population of cells in each, and analyzes cells individually.
  • two channels of fluorescence are used to define the cytoplasmic and nuclear distribution of the GFP-hGR within each cell.
  • FIG. 21 Depicted in FIG. 21 is the graphical user interface of the cell screening system near the end of a GFP-hGR screen.
  • the user interface depicts the parallel data collection and analysis capability of the system.
  • the windows labeled “Nucleus” 261 and “GFP-hGR” 262 show the pair of fluorescence images being obtained and analyzed in a single field.
  • the window labeled “Color Overlay” 260 is formed by pseudocoloring the above images and merging them so the user can immediately identify cellular changes.
  • the “Stored Object Regions” window 265 an image containing each analyzed cell and its neighbors is presented as it is archived. Furthermore, as the HCS data are being collected, they are analyzed, in this case for GFP-hGR translocation, and translated into an immediate “hit” response.
  • the 96 well plate depicted in the lower window of the screen 267 shows which wells have met a set of user-defined screening. criteria For example, a white-colored well 269 indicates that the drug-induced translocation has exceeded a predetermined threshold value of 50%. On the other hand, a black-colored well 270 indicates that the drug being tested induced less than 10% translocation. Gray-colored wells 268 indicate “hits” where the translocation value fell between 10% and 50%.
  • Row “E” on the 96 well plate being analyzed 266 shows a titration with a drug known to activate GFP-hGR translocation, dexamethasone.
  • This example screen used only two fluorescence channels. Two additional channels (Channels 3 263 and 4 264 ) are available for parallel analysis of other specific targets, cell processes, or cytotoxicity to create multiple parameter screens.
  • FIG. 22 There is a link between the image database and the information database that is a powerful tool during the validation process of new screens.
  • the user has total access to image and calculated data (FIG. 22).
  • the comprehensive data analysis package of the cell screening system allows the user to examine HCS data at multiple levels. Images 276 and detailed data in a spread sheet 279 for individual cells can be viewed separately, or summary data can be plotted. For example, the calculated results of a single parameter for each cell in a 96 well plate are shown in the panel labeled Graph 1 275 . By selecting a single point in the graph, the user can display the entire data set for a particular cell that is recalled from an existing database.
  • the large graphical insert 278 shows the results of dexamethasone concentration on the translocation of GFP-hGR. Each point is the average of data from at least 200 cells.
  • the calculated EC 50 for dexamethasone in this assay is 2 nM.
  • FIG. 23 shows kinetic data for the dexamethasone-induced translocation of GFP-hGR in several cells within a single field.
  • Human HeLa cells transfected with GFP-hGR were treated with 100 nM dexamethasone and the translocation of GFP-hGR was measured over time in a population of single cells.
  • the graph shows the response of transfected cells 285 , 286 , 287 , and 288 and non-transfected cells 289 .
  • Apoptosis is a complex cellular program that involves myriad molecular events and pathways. To understand the mechanisms of drug action on this process, it is essential to measure as many of these events within cells as possible with temporal and spatial resolution. Therefore, an apoptosis screen that requires little cell sample preparation yet provides an automated readout of several apoptosis-related parameters would be ideal.
  • a cell-based assay designed for the cell screening system has been used to simultaneously quantify several of the morphological, organellar, and macromolecular hallmarks of paclitaxel-induced apoptosis.
  • the cells chosen for this study were mouse connective tissue fibroblasts (L-929; ATCC CCL-1) and a highly invasive glioblastoma cell line (SNB-19; ATCC CRL-2219) (Welch et al., In Vitro Cell. Dev. Biol. 31:610, 1995).
  • the day before treatment with an apoptosis inducing drug 3500 cells were placed into each well of a 96-well plate and incubated overnight at 37° C. in a humidified 5% CO 2 atmosphere.
  • the culture medium was removed from each well and replaced with fresh medium containing various concentrations of paclitaxel (0-50 ⁇ M) from a 20 mM stock made in DMSO.
  • DMSO DMSO
  • the maximal concentration of DMSO used in these experiments was 0.25%.
  • the cells were then incubated for 26 h as above.
  • each well received fresh medium containing 750 nM MitoTracker Red (Molecular Probes; Eugene, Oreg.) and 3 ⁇ g/ml Hoechst 33342 DNA-binding dye (Molecular Probes) and was incubated as above for 20 min.
  • Each well on the plate was then washed with HBSS and fixed with 3.7% formaldehyde in HBSS for 15 min at room temperature.
  • a total of 50-250 cells were measured per image field. For each field of cells, the following calculations were performed: (1) The average nuclear area ( ⁇ m 2 ) was calculated by dividing the total nuclear area in a field by the number of nuclei detected. (2) The average nuclear perimeter ( ⁇ m) was calculated by dividing the sum of the perimeters of all nuclei in a field by the number of nuclei detected in that field. Highly convoluted apoptotic nuclei had the largest nuclear perimeter values. (3) The average nuclear brightness was calculated by dividing the integrated intensity of the entire field of nuclei by the number of nuclei in that field. An increase in nuclear brightness was correlated with increased DNA content.
  • the average cellular brightness was calculated by dividing the integrated intensity of an entire field of cells stained with MitoTracker dye by the number of nuclei in that field. Because the amount of MitoTracker dye that accumulates within the mitochondria is proportional to the mitochondrial potential, an increase in the average cell brightness is consistent with an increase in mitochondrial potential.
  • the average cellular brightness was also calculated by dividing the integrated intensity of an entire field of cells stained with Bodipy FL phallacidin dye by the number of nuclei in that field. Because the phallotoxins bind with high affinity to the polymerized form of actin, the amount of Bodipy FL phallacidin dye that accumulates within the cell is proportional to actin polymerization state. An increase in the average cell brightness is consistent with an increase in actin polymerization.
  • FIG. 24 shows the changes paclitaxel induced in the nuclear morphology of L-929 cells. Increasing amounts of paclitaxel caused nuclei to enlarge and fragment 293 , a hallmark of apoptosis. Quantitative analysis of these and other images obtained by the cell screening system is presented in the same figure. Each parameter measured showed that the L-929 cells 296 were less sensitive to low concentrations of paclitaxel than were SNB-19 cells 297 . At higher concentrations though, the L-929 cells showed a response for each parameter measured. The multiparameter approach of this assay is useful in dissecting the mechanisms of drug action.
  • the area, brightness, and fragmentation of the nucleus 298 and actin polymerization values 294 reached a maximum value when SNB-19 cells were treated with 10 nM paclitaxel (FIG. 24; top and bottom graphs).
  • mitochondrial potential 295 was minimal at the same concentration of paclitaxel (FIG. 24; middle graph).
  • the fact that all the parameters measured approached control levels at increasing paclitaxel concentrations (>10 nM) suggests that SNB-19 cells have low affinity drug metabolic or clearance pathways that are compensatory at sufficiently high levels of the drug. Contrasting the drug sensitivity of SNB-19 cells 297 L-929 showed a different response to paclitaxel 296 .
  • fibroblastic cells showed a maximal response in many parameters at 5 ⁇ M paclitaxel, a 500-fold higher dose than SNB-19 cells. Furthermore, the L-929 cells did not show a sharp decrease in mitochondrial potential 295 at any of the paclitaxel concentrations tested. This result is consistent with the presence of unique apoptosis pathways between a normal and cancer cell line. Therefore, these results indicate that a relatively simple fluorescence labeling protocol can be coupled with the cell screening system of the present invention to produce a high-content screen of key events involved in programmed cell death.
  • a eukaryotic expression plasmid containing a coding sequence for a green fluorescent protein—caspase (Cohen (1997), Biochemical J. 326:1-16; Liang et al. (1997), J. of Molec. Biol. 274:291-302) chimera is prepared using GFP mutants. The construct is used to transfect eukaryotic cells.
  • Cells are trypsinized and plated 24 h prior to transfection and incubated at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 .
  • Transfections are performed by methods including, but not limited to calcium phosphate coprecipitation or lipofection.
  • Cells are incubated with the calcium phosphate-DNA precipitate for 4-5 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 , washed 3-4 times with DMEM to remove the precipitate, followed by the addition of C-DMEM.
  • Lipofectamine transfections are performed in serum-free DMEM without antibiotics according to the manufacturer's instructions. Following a 2-3 hour incubation with the DNA-liposome complexes, the medium is removed and replaced with C-DMEM.
  • nuclei of transfected cells are first labeled with 5 ⁇ g/ml Hoechst 33342 (Molecular Probes) in C-DMEM for 20 minutes at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 .
  • Cells are washed once in Hank's Balanced Salt Solution (HBSS) followed by the addition of compounds that induce apoptosis. These compounds include, but are not limited to paclitaxel, staurosporine, ceramide, and tumor necrosis factor.
  • HBSS Hank's Balanced Salt Solution
  • transfected cells are first washed with DMEM and then incubated at 37° C.
  • Kinetic data are collected by acquiring fluorescence image pairs (Caspase-GFP and Hoechst 33342-labeled nuclei) from fields of living cells at 1 min intervals for 30 min after the addition of compound. Likewise, image pairs are obtained from each well of the fixed time point screening plates 1 h after the addition of compound. In both cases, the image pairs obtained at each time point are used to define nuclear and cytoplasmic regions in each cell. Translocation of Caspase-GFP is calculated by dividing the integrated fluorescence intensity of Caspase-GFP in the nucleus by the integrated fluorescence intensity of the chimera in the cytoplasm or as a nuclear-cytoplasmic difference of GFP fluorescence.
  • this translocation ratio is calculated from data obtained from at least 200 cells at each concentration of compound tested. Drug-induced translocation of Caspase-GFP from the cytoplasm to the nucleus is therefore correlated with an increase in the translocation ratio.
  • Molecular interaction libraries including, but not limited to those comprising putative activators or inhibitors of apoptosis-activated enzymes are use to screen the indicator cell lines and identify a specific ligand for the DAS, and a pathway activated by compound activity.
  • Two sources of material and/or information are required to make use of this embodiment, which allows assessment of the function of an uncharacterized gene.
  • disease associated sequence bank(s) containing cDNA sequences suitable for transfection into mammalian cells can be used. Because every RADE or differential expression experiment generates up to several hundred sequences, it is possible to generate an ample supply of DAS.
  • information from primary sequence database searches can be used to place DAS into broad categories, including, but not limited to, those that contain signal sequences, seven trans-membrane motifs, conserved protease active site domains, or other identifiable motifs. Based on the information acquired from these sources, algorithm types and indicator cell lines to be transfected are selected. A large number of motifs are already well characterized and encoded in the linear sequences contained within the large number genes in existing genomic databases.
  • ligate DAS into an expression vector designed for this purpose ligate DAS into an expression vector designed for this purpose.
  • Generalized expression vectors contain promoters, enhancers, and terminators for which to deliver target sequences to the cell for transient expression.
  • Such vectors may also contain antibody tagging sequences, direct association sequences, chromophore fusion sequences like GFP, etc. to facilitate detection when expressed by the host.
  • DAS shown to possess a motif(s) suggestive of transcriptional activation potential are utilized to identify novel steroid receptors.
  • Defining the fluorescent tags for this experiment involves identification of the nucleus through staining, and tagging the DAS-by creating a GFP chimera via insertion of DAS into an expression vector, proximally fused to the gene encoding GFP.
  • a single chain antibody fragment with high affinity to some portion of the expressed DAS could be constructed using technology available in the art (Cambridge Antibody Technologies) and linked to a fluorophore (FITC) to tag the putative transcriptional activator/receptor in the cells. This alternative would provide an external tag requiring no DNA transfection and therefore would be useful if distribution data were to be gathered from the original primary cultures used to generate the DAS.
  • a eukaryotic expression plasmid containing a coding sequence for a green fluorescent protein—DAS chimera is prepared using GFP mutants. The construct is used to transfect HeLa cells. The plasmid, when transfected into the host cell, produces a GFP fused to the DAS protein product, designated GFP-DASpp.
  • HeLa cells are trypsinized and plated using DMEM containing 5% charcoal/dextran-treated fetal bovine serum (FBS) (Hyclone) and 1% penicillin-streptomycin (C-DMEM) 12-24 hours prior to transfection and incubated at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 .
  • Transfections are performed by calcium phosphate coprecipitation or with Lipofectamine (Life Technologies). For the calcium phosphate transfections, the medium is replaced, prior to transfection, with DMEM containing 5% charcoal/dextran-treated FBS. Cells are incubated with the calcium phosphate-DNA precipitate for 4-5 hours at 37° C.
  • nuclei of transfected cells are first labeled with 5 ⁇ g/ml Hoechst 33342 (Molecular Probes) in C-DMEM for 20 minutes at 33° C. and 5% CO 2 .
  • Cells are washed once in Hank's Balanced Salt Solution (HBSS).
  • HBSS Hank's Balanced Salt Solution
  • the cells are analyzed live or they are rinsed with HBSS, fixed for 15 min with 3.7% formaldehyde in HBSS, stained with Hoechst 33342, and washed before analysis.
  • image acquisition and analysis are performed using the cell screening system of the present invention.
  • the intracellular GFP-DASpp fluorescence signal is collected by acquiring fluorescence image pairs (GFP-DASpp and Hoechst 33342-labeled nuclei) from field cells.
  • the image pairs obtained at each time point are used to define nuclear and cytoplasmic regions in each cell. Data demonstrating dispersed signal in the cytoplasm would be consistent with known steroid receptors that are DNA transcriptional activators.
  • a screen of various ligands is performed using a series of steroid type ligands including, but not limited to: estrogen, progesterone, retinoids, growth factors, androgens, and many other steroid and steroid based molecules.
  • Image acquisition and analysis are performed using the cell screening system of the invention.
  • the intracellular GFP-DASpp fluorescence signal is collected by acquiring fluorescence image pairs (GFP-DASpp and Hoechst 33342-labeled nuclei) from fields cells. The image pairs obtained at each time point are used to define nuclear and cytoplasmic regions in each cell.
  • Translocation of GFP-DASpp is calculated by dividing the integrated fluorescence intensity of GFP-DASpp in the nucleus by the integrated fluorescence intensity of the chimera in the cytoplasm or as a nuclear-cytoplasmic difference of GFP fluorescence.
  • a translocation from the cytoplasm into the nucleus indicates a ligand binding activation of the DASpp thus identifying the potential receptor class and action. Combining this data with other data obtained in a similar fashion using known inhibitors and modifiers of steroid receptors, would either validate the DASpp as a target, or more data would be generated from various sources.
  • a fluorescent protein biosensor of profilin membrane binding is prepared by labeling purified profilin (Federov et al.(1994), J. Molec. Biol. 241:480-482; Lanbrechts et al. (1995), Eur. J. Biochem. 230:281-286) with a probe possessing a fluorescence lifetime in the range of 2-300 ns.
  • the labeled profilin is introduced into living indicator cells using bulk loading methodology and the indicator cells are treated with test compounds.
  • Fluorescence anisotropy imaging microscopy (Gough and Taylor (1993), J. Cell Biol. 121:1095-1107) is used to measure test-compound dependent movement of the fluorescent derivative of profilin between the cytoplasm and membrane for a period of time after treatment ranging from 0.1 s to 10 h.
  • indicator cells are treated with test compounds and then fixed, washed, and permeabilized.
  • the indicator cell plasma membrane, cytoplasm, and nucleus are all labeled with distinctly colored markers followed by immunolocalization of Rho protein (Self et al. (1995), Methods in Enzymology 256:3-10; Tanaka et al. (1995), Methods in Enzymology 256:41-49) with antibodies labeled with a fourth color.
  • Rho protein Self et al. (1995), Methods in Enzymology 256:3-10; Tanaka et al. (1995), Methods in Enzymology 256:41-49
  • Each of the four labels is imaged separately using the cell screening system, and the images used to calculate the amount of inhibition or activation of translocation effected by the test compound.
  • the images of the probes used to mark the plasma membrane and cytoplasm are used to mask the image of the immunological probe marking the location of intracellular Rho protein.
  • the integrated brightness per unit area under each mask is used to form a translocation quotient by dividing the plasma membrane integrated brightness/area by the cytoplasmic integrated brightness/area. By comparing the translocation quotient values from control and experimental wells, the percent translocation is calculated for each potential lead compound.
  • the translocation of ⁇ -arrestin protein from the cytoplasm to the plasma membrane is measured in response to cell treatment.
  • living indicator cells containing luminescent domain markers are treated with test compounds and the movement of the ⁇ -arrestin marker is measured in time and space using the cell screening system of the present invention.
  • the indicator cells contain luminescent markers consisting of a green fluorescent protein ⁇ -arrestin (GFP- ⁇ -arrestin) protein chimera (Barak et al. (1997), J. Biol. Chem. 272:27497-27500; Daaka et al. (1998), J. Biol. Chem.
  • the indicator cells that is expressed by the indicator cells through the use of transient or stable cell transfection and other reporters used to mark cytoplasmic and membrane domains.
  • the domain marker molecules partition predominately in the plasma membrane or in the cytoplasm. In the high-content screen, these markers are used to delineate the cell cytoplasm and plasma membrane in distinct channels of fluorescence.
  • the indicator cells are treated with a test compound, the dynamic redistribution of the GFP- ⁇ -arrestin is recorded as a series of images over a time scale ranging from 0.1 s to 10 h. In a preferred embodiment, the time scale is 1 h.
  • Each image is analyzed by a method that quantifies the movement of the GFP- ⁇ -arrestin protein chimera between the plasma membrane and the cytoplasm.
  • the images of the probes used to mark the plasma membrane and cytoplasm are used to mask the image of the GFP- ⁇ -arrestin probe marking the location of intracellular GFP- ⁇ -arrestin protein.
  • the integrated brightness per unit area under each mask is used to form a translocation quotient by dividing the plasma membrane integrated brightness/area by the cytoplasmic integrated brightness/area. By comparing the translocation quotient values from control and experimental wells, the percent translocation is calculated for each potential lead compound.
  • the output of the high-content screen relates quantitative data describing the magnitude of the translocation within a large number of individual cells that have been treated with test compounds of interest.
  • an endoplasmic reticulum to Golgi translocation high-content screen the translocation of a VSVG protein from the ts045 mutant strain of vesicular stomatitis virus (Ellenberg et al. (1997), J. Cell Biol. 138:1193-1206; Presley et al. (1997) Nature 389:81-85) from the endoplasmic reticulum to the Golgi domain is measured in response to cell treatment.
  • indicator cells containing luminescent reporters are treated with test compounds and the movement of the reporters is measured in space and time using the cell screening system of the present invention.
  • the indicator cells contain luminescent reporters consisting of a GFP-VSVG protein chimera that is expressed by the indicator cell through the use of transient or stable cell transfection and other domain markers used to measure the localization of the endoplasmic reticulum and Golgi domains.
  • the GFP-VSVG protein chimera molecules are partitioned predominately in the endoplasmic reticulum.
  • domain markers of distinct colors used to delineate the endoplasmic reticulum and the Golgi domains in distinct channels of fluorescence.
  • the dynamic redistribution of the GFP-VSVG protein chimera is recorded as a series of images over a time scale ranging from 0.1 s to 10 h. Each image is analyzed by a method that quantifies the movement of the GFP-VSVG protein chimera between the endoplasmic reticulum and the Golgi domains. To do this calculation, the images of the probes used to mark the endoplasmic reticulum and the Golgi domains are used to mask the image of the GFP-VSVG probe marking the location of intracellular GFP-VSVG protein.
  • the integrated brightness per unit area under each mask is used to form a translocation quotient by dividing the endoplasmic reticulum integrated brightness/area by the Golgi integrated brightness/area. By comparing the translocation quotient values from control and experimental wells, the percent translocation is calculated for each potential lead compound.
  • the output of the high-content screen relates quantitative data describing the magnitude of the translocation within a large number of individual cells that have been treated with test compounds of interest at final concentrations ranging from 10 ⁇ 12 M to 10 ⁇ 3 M for a period ranging from 1 min to 10 h.
  • Intracellular microtubule stability In one embodiment of an organellar function high-content screen, the assembly state of intracellular microtubules is measured in response to cell treatment. To measure microtubule assembly state, indicator cells containing luminescent reporters are treated with test compounds and the distribution of the reporters is measured in space and time using the cell screening system of the present invention.
  • the reporter of intracellular microtubule assembly is MAP 4 (Bulinski et al. (1997), J. Cell Science 110:3055-3064), a ubiquitous microtubule associated protein that is known to interact with microtubules in interphase and mitotic cells.
  • the indicator cells contain luminescent reporters consisting of a GFP-MAP 4 chimera that is expressed by the indicator cells through the use of transient or stable cell transfection and other reporters are used to measure the localization of the cytoplasmic and membrane components.
  • a GFP-MAP 4 construct is prepared as follows: PCR amplification of native or mutant GFP molecules using primers to introduce restriction enzyme sites is performed. The PCR product is ligated into the MAP 4 cDNA within a eukaryotic expression vector. Indicator cells are then transfected with the expression vector to produce either transiently or stably transfected indicator cells.
  • Indicator cells are treated with test compounds at final concentrations ranging from 10 ⁇ 12 M to 10 ⁇ 3 M for a period ranging from 1 min to 10 h. Growth medium containing labeling reagent to mark the nucleus and the cytoplasm are added. After incubation, the cells are washed with Hank's balanced salt solution (HBSS), fixed with 3.7% formaldehyde for 10 min at room temperature, and washed and stored in HBSS.
  • HBSS Hank's balanced salt solution
  • Image data are obtained from both fixed and living indicator cells. To extract morphometric data from each of the images obtained the following method of analysis is used:
  • the activity of key glycolytic regulatory enzymes are measured in treated cells.
  • indicator cells containing luminescent labeling reagents are treated with test compounds and the activity of the reporters is measured in space and time using cell screening system of the present invention.
  • the reporter of intracellular enzyme activity is fructose-6-phosphate, 2-kinase/fructose-2,6-bisphosphatase (PFK-2), a regulatory enzyme whose phosphorylation state indicates intracellular carbohydrate anabolism or catabolism (Deprez et al. (1997) J. Biol. Chem. 272:17269-17275; Kealer et al. (1996) FEBS Letters 395:225-227; Lee et al. (1996), Biochemistry 35:6010-6019).
  • the indicator cells contain luminescent reporters consisting of a fluorescent protein biosensor of PFK-2 phosphorylation.
  • the fluorescent protein biosensor is constructed by introducing an environmentally sensitive fluorescent dye near to the known phosphorylation site of the enzyme (Deprez et al. (1997), supra; Giuliano et al. (1995), supra).
  • the dye can be of the ketocyanine class (Kessler and Wolfbeis (1991), Spectrochimica Acta 47A:187-192) or any class that contains a protein reactive moiety and a fluorochrome whose excitation or emission spectrum is sensitive to solution polarity.
  • the fluorescent protein biosensor is introduced into the indicator cells using bulk loading methodology.
  • Living indicator cells are treated with test compounds, at final concentrations ranging from 10 ⁇ 12 M to 10 ⁇ 3 M for times ranging from 0.1 s to 10 h.
  • ratio image data are obtained from living treated indicator cells by collecting a spectral pair of fluorescence images at each time point. To extract morphometric data from each time point, a ratio is made between each pair of images by numerically dividing the two spectral images at each time point, pixel by pixel. Each pixel value is then used to calculate the fractional phosphorylation of PFK-2. At small fractional values of phosphorylation, PFK-2 stimulates carbohydrate catabolism. At high fractional values of phosphorylation, PFK-2 stimulates carbohydrate anabolism.
  • both the domain localization and activity of protein kinase A (PKA) within indicator cells are measured in response to treatment with test compounds.
  • PKA protein kinase A
  • the indicator cells contain luminescent reporters including a fluorescent protein biosensor of PKA activation.
  • the fluorescent protein biosensor is constructed by introducing an environmentally sensitive fluorescent dye into the catalytic subunit of PKA near the site known to interact with the regulatory subunit of PKA (Harootunian et al. (1993), Mol. Biol. of the Cell 4:993-1002; Johnson et al. (1996), Cell 85:149-158; Giuliano et al. (1995), supra).
  • the dye can be of the ketocyanine class (Kessler, and Wolfbeis (1991), Spectrochimica Acta 47A:187-192) or any class that contains a protein reactive moiety and a fluorochrome whose excitation or emission spectrum is sensitive to solution polarity.
  • the fluorescent protein biosensor of PKA activation is introduced into the indicator cells using bulk loading methodology.
  • living indicator cells are treated with test compounds, at final concentrations ranging from 10 ⁇ 12 M to 10 ⁇ 3 M for times ranging from 0.1 s to 10 h.
  • ratio image data are obtained from living treated indicator cells. To extract biosensor data from each time point, a ratio is made between each pair of images, and each pixel value is then used to calculate the fractional activation of PKA (e.g., separation of the catalytic and regulatory subunits after cAMP binding). At high fractional values of activity, PFK-2 stimulates biochemical cascades within the living cell.
  • indicator cells containing luminescent reporters are treated with test compounds and the movement of the reporters is measured in space and time using the cell screening system.
  • the indicator cells contain luminescent reporters consisting of domain markers used to measure the localization of the cytoplasmic and nuclear domains.
  • the dynamic redistribution of a PKA fluorescent protein biosensor is recorded intracellularly as a series of images over a time scale ranging from 0.1 s to 10 h. Each image is analyzed by a method that quantifies the movement of the PKA between the cytoplasmic and nuclear domains.
  • the images of the probes used to mark the cytoplasmic and nuclear domains are used to mask the image of the PKA fluorescent protein biosensor.
  • the integrated brightness per unit area under each mask is used to form a translocation quotient by dividing the cytoplasmic integrated brightness/area by the nuclear integrated brightness/area.
  • the percent translocation is calculated for each potential lead compound.
  • the output of the high-content screen relates quantitative data describing the magnitude of the translocation within a large number of individual cells that have been treated with test compound in the concentration range of 10 ⁇ 12 M to 10 ⁇ 3 M.
  • the reporter of intracellular gene expression is an oligonucleotide that can hybridize with the target mRNA and alter its fluorescence signal.
  • the oligonucleotide is a molecular beacon (Tyagi and Kramer (1996) Nat. Biotechnol. 14:303-308), a luminescence-based reagent whose fluorescence signal is dependent on intermolecular and intramolecular interactions.
  • the fluorescent biosensor is constructed by introducing a fluorescence energy transfer pair of fluorescent dyes. such that there is one at each end (5′ and 3′) of the reagent.
  • the dyes can be of any class that contains a protein reactive moiety and fluorochromes whose excitation and emission spectra overlap sufficiently to provide fluorescence energy transfer between the dyes in the resting state, including, but not limited to, fluorescein and rhodamine (Molecular Probes, Inc.).
  • fluorescein and rhodamine Molecular Probes, Inc.
  • a portion of the message coding for ⁇ -actin (Kislauskis et al. (1994), J. Cell Biol. 127:441-451; McCann et al. (1997), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • living indicator cells are treated with test compounds, at final concentrations ranging from 10 ⁇ 12 M to 10 ⁇ 3 M for times ranging from 0.1 s to 10 h.
  • ratio image data are obtained from living treated indicator cells. To extract morphometric data from each time point, a ratio is made between each pair of images, and each pixel value is then used to calculate the fractional hybridization of the labeled nucleotide. At small fractional values of hybridization little expression of ⁇ -actin is indicated. At high fractional values of hybridization, maximal expression of ⁇ -actin is indicated. Furthermore, the distribution of hybridized molecules within the cytoplasm of the indicator cells is also a measure of the physiological response of the indicator cells.
  • the integrated intensity from the masked insulin image is compared to a set of images containing known amounts of labeled insulin.
  • the amount of insulin bound to the cell is determined from the standards and used in conjunction with the total concentration of insulin incubated with the cell to calculate a dissociation constant or insulin to its cell surface receptor.
  • Whole cell labeling is accomplished by labeling cellular components such that dynamics of cell shape and motility of the cell can be measured over time by analyzing fluorescence images of cells.
  • small reactive fluorescent molecules are introduced into living cells. These membrane-permeant molecules both diffuse through and react with protein components in the plasma membrane. Dye molecules react with intracellular molecules to both increase the fluorescence signal emitted from each molecule and to entrap the fluorescent dye within living cells. These molecules include reactive chloromethyl derivatives of aminocoumarins, hydroxycoumarins, eosin diacetate, fluorescein diacetate, some Bodipy dye derivatives, and tetramethylrhodamine. The reactivity of these dyes toward macromolecules includes free primary amino groups and free sulfhydryl groups.
  • the cell surface is labeled by allowing the cell to interact with fluorescently labeled antibodies or lectins (Sigma Chemical Company, St. Louis, Mo.) that react specifically with molecules on the cell surface.
  • Cell surface protein chimeras expressed by the cell of interest that contain a green fluorescent protein, or mutant thereof, component can also be used to fluorescently label the entire cell surface. Once the entire cell is labeled, images of the entire cell or cell array can become a parameter in high content screens, involving the measurement of cell shape, motility, size, and growth and division.
  • labeling the whole plasma membrane employs some of the same methodology described above for labeling the entire cells.
  • Luminescent molecules that label the entire cell surface act to delineate the plasma membrane.
  • subdomains of the plasma membrane, the extracellular surface, the lipid bilayer, and the intracellular surface can be labeled separately and used as components of high content screens.
  • the extracellular surface is labeled using a brief treatment with a reactive fluorescent molecule such as the succinimidyl ester or iodoacetamde derivatives of fluorescent dyes such as the fluoresceins, rhodamines, cyanines, and Bodipys.
  • the extracellular surface is labeled using fluorescently labeled macromolecules with a high affinity for cell surface molecules.
  • fluorescently labeled macromolecules such as the fluorescein, rhodamine, and cyanine derivatives of lectins derived from jack bean (Con A), red kidney bean (erythroagglutinin PHA-E), or wheat germ.
  • fluorescently labeled antibodies with a high affinity for cell surface components are used to label the extracellular region of the plasma membrane.
  • Extracellular regions of cell surface receptors and ion channels are examples of proteins that can be labeled with antibodies.
  • the lipid bilayer of the plasma membrane is labeled with fluorescent molecules.
  • fluorescent molecules include fluorescent dyes attached to long chain hydrophobic molecules that interact strongly with the hydrophobic region in the center of the plasma membrane lipid bilayer. Examples of these dyes include the PKH series of dyes (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,783,401, 4,762,701, and 4,859,584; available commercially from Sigma Chemical Company, St.
  • fluorescent phospholipids such as nitrobenzoxadiazole glycerophosphoethanolamine and fluorescein-derivatized dihexadecanoylglycerophosphoetha-nolamine, fluorescent fatty acids such as 5-butyl-4,4-difluoro-4-bora-3a,4a-diaza-s-indacene-3-nonanoic acid and 1-pyrenedecanoic acid (Molecular Probes, Inc.), fluorescent sterols including cholesteryl 4,4-difluoro-5,7-dimethyl-4-bora-3a,4a-diaza-s-indacene-3-dodecanoate and cholesteryl 1-pyrenehexanoate, and fluorescently labeled proteins that interact specifically with lipid bilayer components such as the fluorescein derivative of annexin V (Caltag Antibody Co, Burlingame, Calif.).
  • the intracellular component of the plasma membrane is labeled with fluorescent molecules.
  • these molecules are the intracellular components of the trimeric G-protein receptor, adenylyl cyclase, and ionic transport proteins. These molecules can be labeled as a result of tight binding to a fluorescently labeled specific antibody or by the incorporation of a fluorescent protein chimera that is comprised of a membrane-associated protein and the green fluorescent protein, and mutants thereof.
  • ligands that are transported into cells by receptor-mediated endocytosis are used to trace the dynamics of endosomal organelles.
  • labeled ligands include Bodipy FL-labeled low density lipoprotein complexes, tetramethylrhodamine transferrin analogs, and fluorescently labeled epidermal growth factor (Molecular Probes, Inc.)
  • fluorescently labeled primary or secondary antibodies Sigma Chemical Co. St. Louis, Mo.; Molecular Probes, Inc. Eugene, Oreg.; Caltag Antibody Co.
  • fluorescently labeled primary or secondary antibodies Sigma Chemical Co. St. Louis, Mo.; Molecular Probes, Inc. Eugene, Oreg.; Caltag Antibody Co.
  • endosomes are fluorescently labeled in cells expressing protein chimeras formed by fusing a green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, with a receptor whose internalization labels endosomes.
  • Chimeras of the EGF, transferrin, and low density lipoprotein receptors are examples of these molecules.
  • membrane permeant lysosome-specific luminescent reagents are used to label the lysosomal compartment of living and fixed cells. These reagents include the luminescent molecules neutral red, N-(3-((2,4-dinitrophenyl)amino)propyl)-N(3-aminopropyl)methylamine, and the LysoTracker probes which report intralysosomal pH as well as the dynamic distribution of lysosomes (Molecular Probes, Inc.)
  • antibodies against lysosomal antigens are used to label lysosomal components that are localized in specific lysosomal domains.
  • lysosomal antigens Sigma Chemical Co.; Molecular Probes, Inc.; Caltag Antibody Co.
  • these components are the degradative enzymes involved in cholesterol ester hydrolysis, membrane protein proteases, and nucleases as well as the ATP-driven lysosomal proton pump.
  • protein chimeras consisting of a lysosomal protein genetically fused to an intrinsically luminescent protein such as the green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, are used to label the lysosomal domain.
  • these components are the degradative enzymes involved in cholesterol ester hydrolysis, membrane protein proteases, and nucleases as well as the ATP-driven lysosomal proton pump.
  • cell permeant fluorescent dyes (Molecular Probes, Inc.) with a reactive group are reacted with living cells.
  • Reactive dyes including monobromobimane, 5-chloromethylfluorescein diacetate, carboxy fluorescein diacetate succinimidyl ester, and chloromethyl tetramethylrhodamine are examples of cell permeant fluorescent dyes that are used for long term labeling of the cytoplasm of cells.
  • polar tracer molecules such as Lucifer yellow and cascade blue-based fluorescent dyes (Molecular Probes, Inc.) are introduced into cells using bulk loading methods and are also used for cytoplasmic labeling.
  • antibodies against cytoplasmic components are used to fluorescently label the cytoplasm.
  • cytoplasmic antigens are many of the enzymes involved in intermediary metabolism. Enolase, phosphofructokinase, and acetyl-CoA dehydrogenase are examples of uniformly distributed cytoplasmic antigens.
  • protein chimeras consisting of a cytoplasmic protein genetically fused to an intrinsically luminescent protein such as the green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, are used to label the cytoplasm.
  • fluorescent chimeras of uniformly distributed proteins are used to label the entire cytoplasmic domain. Examples of these proteins are many of the proteins involved in intermediary metabolism and include enolase, lactate dehydrogenase, and hexokinase.
  • antibodies against cytoplasmic antigens are used to label cytoplasmic components that are localized in specific cytoplasmic sub-domains.
  • these components are the cytoskeletal proteins actin, tubulin, and cytokeratin.
  • a population of these proteins within cells is assembled into discrete structures, which in this case, are fibrous. Fluorescence labeling of these proteins with antibody-based reagents therefore labels a specific sub-domain of the cytoplasm.
  • non-antibody-based fluorescently labeled molecules that interact strongly with cytoplasmic proteins are used to label specific cytoplasmic components.
  • cytoplasmic components include DNAse I (Molecular Probes, Inc.) Fluorescent analogs of this enzyme bind tightly and specifically to cytoplasmic actin, thus labeling a sub-domain of the cytoplasm.
  • fluorescent analogs of the mushroom toxin phalloidin or the drug paclitaxel are used to label components of the actin- and microtubule-cytoskeletons, respectively.
  • protein chimeras consisting of a cytoplasmic protein genetically fused to an intrinsically luminescent protein such as the green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, are used to label specific domains of the cytoplasm.
  • Fluorescent chimeras of highly localized proteins are used to label cytoplasmic subdomains. Examples of these proteins are many of the proteins involved in regulating the cytoskeleton. They include the structural proteins actin, tubulin, and cytokeratin as well as the regulatory proteins microtubule associated protein 4 and ⁇ -actinin.
  • membrane permeant nucleic-acid-specific luminescent reagents are used to label the nucleus of living and fixed cells.
  • These reagents include cyanine-based dyes (e.g., TOTO®, YOYO®, and BOBOTM), phenanthidines and acridines (e.g., ethidium bromide, propidium iodide, and acridine orange), indoles and imidazoles (e.g., Hoechst 33258, Hoechst 33342, and 4′,6-diamidino-2-phenylindole), and other similar reagents (e.g., 7-aminoactinomycin D, hydroxystilbamidine, and the psoralens).
  • cyanine-based dyes e.g., TOTO®, YOYO®, and BOBOTM
  • phenanthidines and acridines e.g., ethi
  • antibodies against nuclear antigens are used to label nuclear components that are localized in specific nuclear domains.
  • nuclear antigens are the macromolecules involved in maintaining DNA structure and function.
  • DNA, RNA, histones, DNA polymerase, RNA polymerase, lamins, and nuclear variants of cytoplasmic proteins such as actin are examples of nuclear antigens.
  • protein chimeras consisting of a nuclear protein genetically fused to an intrinsically luminescent protein such as the green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, are used to label the nuclear domain.
  • these proteins are many of the proteins involved in maintaining DNA structure and function. Histones, DNA polymerase, RNA polymerase, lamins, and nuclear variants of cytoplasmic proteins such as actin are examples of nuclear proteins.
  • membrane permeant mitochondrial-specific luminescent reagents are used to label the mitochondria of living and fixed cells. These reagents include rhodamine 123, tetramethyl rosamine, JC-1, and the MitoTracker reactive dyes.
  • mitochondrial antigens are used to label mitochondrial components that are localized in specific mitochondrial domains.
  • these components are the macromolecules involved in maintaining mitochondrial DNA structure and function.
  • DNA, RNA, histones, DNA polymerase, RNA polymerase, and mitochondrial variants of cytoplasmic macromolecules such as mitochondrial tRNA and rRNA are examples mitochondrial antigens.
  • Other examples of mitochondrial antigens are the components of the oxidative phosphorylation system found in the mitochondria (e.g., cytochrome c, cytochrome c oxidase, and succinate dehydrogenase).
  • protein chimeras consisting of a mitochondrial protein genetically fused to an intrinsically luminescent protein such as the green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, are used to label the mitochondrial domain.
  • these components are the macromolecules involved in maintaining mitochondrial DNA structure and function. Examples include histones, DNA polymerase, RNA polymerase, and the components of the oxidative phosphorylation system found in the mitochondria (e.g., cytochrome c, cytochrome c oxidase, and succinate dehydrogenase).
  • membrane permeant endoplasmic reticulum-specific luminescent reagents are used to label the endoplasmic reticulum of living and fixed cells.
  • These reagents include short chain carbocyanine dyes (e.g., DiOC 6 and DiOC 3 ), long chain carbocyanine dyes (e.g., DiIC 16 and DiIC 18 ), and luminescently labeled lectins such as concanavalin A.
  • antibodies against endoplasmic reticulum antigens are used to label endoplasmic reticulum components that are localized in specific endoplasmic reticulum domains. Examples of these components are the macromolecules involved in the fatty acid elongation systems, glucose-6-phosphatase, and HMG CoA-reductase.
  • protein chimeras consisting of a endoplasmic reticulum protein genetically fused to an intrinsically luminescent protein such as the green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, are used to label the endoplasmic reticulum domain.
  • these components are the macromolecules involved in the fatty acid elongation systems, glucose-6-phosphatase, and HMG CoA-reductase.
  • membrane permeant Golgi-specific luminescent reagents are used to label the Golgi of living and fixed cells.
  • These reagents include luminescently labeled macromolecules such as wheat germ agglutinin and Brefeldin A as well as luminescently labeled ceramide.
  • Golgi antigens Sigma Chemical Co.; Molecular Probes, Inc.; Caltag Antibody Co.
  • Golgi components that are localized in specific Golgi domains. Examples of these components are N-acetylglucosamine phosphotransferase, Golgi-specific phosphodiesterase, and mannose-6-phosphate receptor protein.
  • protein chimeras consisting of a Golgi protein genetically fused to an intrinsically luminescent protein such as the green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, are used to label the Golgi domain.
  • these components are N-acetylglucosamine phosphotransferase, Golgi-specific phosphodiesterase, and mannose-6-phosphate receptor protein.

Abstract

The present invention provides systems, methods, and screens for an optical system analysis of cells to rapidly determine the distribution, environment, or activity of fluorescently labeled reporter molecules in cells for the purpose of screening large numbers of compounds for those that specifically affect particular biological functions. The invention involves providing cells containing fluorescent reporter molecules in an array of locations and scanning numerous cells in each location with a high magnification fluorescence optical system, converting the optical information into digital data, and utilizing the digital data to determine the distribution, environment or activity of the fluorescently labeled reporter molecules in the cells. The array of locations may be an industry standard 96 well or 384 well microtiter plate or a microplate which is a microplate having a cells in a micropaterned array of locations. The invention includes apparatus and computerized method for processing, displaying and storing the data.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE
  • This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Applications for Pat. Ser. No. 08/810983, filed on Feb. 27, 1997, and Ser. No. 08/865,341 filed on May 29, 1997; PCT Application WO 97/45730 filed May 29, 1997, and a continuation-in-part of U.S. Provisional Applications filed Dec. 11, 1997 (97,022-A and 97,223-A), serial numbers to be assigned.[0001]
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • This invention is in the field of fluorescence-based cell and molecular biochemical assays for drug discovery. [0002]
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Drug discovery, as currently practiced in the art, is a long, multiple step process involving identification of specific disease targets, development of an assay based on a specific target, validation of the assay, optimization and automation of the assay to produce a screen, high throughput screening of compound libraries using the assay to identify “hits”, hit validation and hit compound optimization. The output of this process is a lead compound that goes into pre-clinical and, if validated, eventually into clinical trials. In this process, the screening phase is distinct from the assay development phases, and involves testing compound efficacy in living biological systems. [0003]
  • Historically, drug discovery is a slow and costly process, spanning numerous years and consuming hundreds of millions of dollars per drug created. Developments in the areas of genomics and high throughput screening have resulted in increased capacity and efficiency in the areas of target identification and volume of compounds screened. Significant advances in automated DNA sequencing, PCR application, positional cloning, hybridization arrays, and bioinformatics have greatly increased the number of genes (and gene fragments) encoding potential drug screening targets. However, the basic scheme for drug screening remians the same. [0004]
  • Validation of genomic targets as points for therapeutic intervention using the existing methods and protocols has become a bottleneck in the drug discovery process due to the slow, manual methods employed, such as in vivo functional models, functional analysis of recombinant proteins, and stable cell line expression of candidate genes. Primary DNA sequence data acquired through automated sequencing does not permit identification of gene function, but can provide information about common “motifs” and specific gene homology when compared to known sequence databases. Genomic methods such as subtraction hybridization and RADE (rapid amplification of differential expression) can be used to identify genes that are up or down regulated in a disease state model. However, identification and validation still proceed down the same pathway. Some proteomic methods use protein identification (global expression arrays, 2D electrophoresis, combinatorial libraries) in combination with reverse genetics to identify candidate genes of interest. Such putative “disease associated sequences” or DAS isolated as intact cDNA are a great advantage to these methods, but they are identified by the hundreds without providing any information regarding type, activity, and distribution of the encoded protein. Choosing a subset of DAS as drug screening targets is “random”, and thus extremely inefficient, without functional data to provide a mechanistic link with disease. It is necessary, therefore, to provide new technologies to rapidly screen DAS to establish biological function, thereby improving target validation and candidate optimization in drug discovery. [0005]
  • There are three major avenues for improving early drug discovery productivity. First, there is a need for tools that provide increased information handling capability. Bioinformatics has blossomed with the rapid development of DNA sequencing systems and the evolution of the genomics database. Genomics is beginning to play a critical role in the identification of potential new targets. Proteomics has become indispensible in relating structure and function of protein targets in order to predict drug interactions. However, the next level of biological complexity is the cell. Therefore, there is a need to acquire, manage and search multi-dimensional information from cells. Secondly, there is a need for higher throughput tools. Automation is a key to improving productivity as has already been demonstrated in DNA sequencing and high throughput primary screening. The instant invention provides for automated systems that extract multiple parameter information from cells that meet the need for higher throughput tools. The instant invention also provides for miniaturizing the methods, thereby allowing increased throughput, while decreasing the volumes of reagents and test compounds required in each assay. [0006]
  • Radioactivity has been the dominant read-out in early drug discovery assays. However, the need for more information, higher throughput and miniaturization has caused a shift towards using fluorescence detection. Fluorescence-based reagents can yield more powerful, multiple parameter assays that are higher in throughput and information content and require lower volumes of reagents and test compounds. Fluorescence is also safer and less expensive than radioactivity-based methods. [0007]
  • Screening of cells treated with dyes and fluorescent reagents is well known in the art. There is a considerable body of literature related to genetic engineering of cells to produce fluorescent proteins, such as modified green fluorescent protein (GFP), as a reporter molecule. Some properties of wild-type GFP are disclosed by Morise et al. ([0008] Biochemistry 13 (1974), p. 2656-2662), and Ward et al. (Photochem. Photobiol. 31 (1980), p. 611-615). The GFP of the jellyfish Aequorea victoria has an excitation maximum at 395 nm and an emission maximum at 510 nm, and does not require an exogenous factor for fluorescence activity. Uses for GFP disclosed in the literature are widespread and include the study of gene expression and protein localization (Chalfie et al., Science 263 (1994), p. 12501-12504)), as a tool for visualizing subcellular organelles (Rizzuto et al., Curr. Biology 5 (1995), p. 635-642)), visualization of protein transport along the secretory pathway (Kaether and Gerdes, FEBS Letters 369 (1995), p. 267-271)), expression in plant cells (Hu and Cheng, FEBS Letters 369 (1995), p. 331-334)) and Drosophila embryos (Davis et al., Dev. Biology 170 (1995), p. 726-729)), and as a reporter molecule fused to another protein of interest (U.S. Pat. No. 5,491,084). Similarly, W096/23898 relates to methods of detecting biologically active substances affecting intracellular processes by utilizing a GFP construct having a protein kinase activation site. This patent, and all other patents referenced in this application are incorporated by reference in their entirety
  • Numerous references are related to GFP proteins in biological systems. For example, WO 96/09598 describes a system for isolating cells of interest utilizing the expression of a GFP like protein. WO 96/27675 describes the expression of GFP in plants. WO 95/21191 describes modified GFP protein expressed in transformed organisms to detect mutagenesis. U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,401,629 and 5,436,128 describe assays and compositions for detecting and evaluating the intracellular transduction of an extracellular signal using recombinant cells that express cell surface receptors and contain reporter gene constructs that include transcriptional regulatory elements that are responsive to the activity of cell surface receptors. [0009]
  • Performing a screen on many thousands of compounds requires parallel handling and processing of many compounds and assay component reagents. Standard high throughput screens (“HTS”) use mixtures of compounds and biological reagents along with some indicator compound loaded into arrays of wells in standard microtiter plates with 96 or 384 wells. The signal measured from each well, either fluorescence emission, optical density, or radioactivity, integrates the signal from all the material in the well giving an overall population average of all the molecules in the well. [0010]
  • Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC) 130 Fifth Avenue, Seattle, Wash. 98109) describes an imaging plate reader. This system uses a CCD camera to image the whole area of a 96 well plate. The image is analyzed to calculate the total fluorescence per well for all the material in the well. [0011]
  • Molecular Devices, Inc. (Sunnyvale, Calif.) describes a system (FLIPR) which uses low angle laser scanning illumination and a mask to selectively excite fluorescence within approximately 200 microns of the bottoms of the wells in standard 96 well plates in order to reduce background when imaging cell monolayers. This system uses a CCD camera to image the whole area of the plate bottom. Although this system measures signals originating from a cell monolayer at the bottom of the well, the signal measured is averaged over the area of the well and is therefore still considered a measurement of the average response of a population of cells. The image is analyzed to calculate the total fluorescence per well for cell-based assays. Fluid delivery devices have also been incorporated into cell based screening systems, such as the FLIPR system, in order to initiate a response, which is then observed as a whole well population average response using a macro-imaging system. [0012]
  • In contrast to high throughput screens, various high-content screens (“HCS”) have been developed to address the need for more detailed information about the temporal-spatial dynamics of cell constituents and processes. High-content screens automate the extraction of multicolor fluorescence information derived from specific fluorescence-based reagents incorporated into cells (Giuliano and Taylor (1995), [0013] Curr. Op. Cell Biol. 7:4; Giuliano et al. (1995) Ann. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct. 24:405). Cells are analyzed using an optical system that can measure spatial, as well as temporal dynamics. (Farkas et al. (1993) Ann. Rev. Physiol. 55:785; Giuliano et al. (1990) In Optical Microscopy for Biology. B. Herman and K. Jacobson (eds.), pp. 543-557. Wiley-Liss, New York; Hahn et al (1992) Nature 359:736; Waggoner et al. (1996) Hum. Pathol. 27:494). The concept is to treat each cell as a “well” that has spatial and temporal information on the activities of the labeled constituents.
  • The types of biochemical and molecular information now accessible through fluorescence-based reagents applied to cells include ion concentrations, membrane potential, specific translocations, enzyme activities, gene expression, as well as the presence, amounts and patterns of metabolites, proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, and nucleic acid sequences (DeBiasio et al., (1996) [0014] Mol. Biol. Cell. 7:1259;Giuliano et al., (1995) Ann. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct. 24:405; Heim and Tsien, (1996) Curr. Biol. 6:178).
  • High-content screens can be performed on either fixed cells, using fluorescently labeled antibodies, biological ligands, and/or nucleic acid hybridization probes, or live cells using multicolor fluorescent indicators and “biosensors.” The choice of fixed or live cell screens depends on the specific cell-based assay required. [0015]
  • Fixed cell assays are the simplest, since an array of initially living cells in a microtiter plate format can be treated with various compounds and doses being tested, then the cells can be fixed, labeled with specific reagents, and measured. No environmental control of the cells is required after fixation. Spatial information is acquired, but only at one time point. The availability of thousands of antibodies, ligands and nucleic acid hybridization probes that can be applied to cells makes this an attractive approach for many types of cell-based screens. The fixation and labeling steps can be automated, allowing efficient processing of assays. [0016]
  • Live cell assays are more sophisticated and powerful, since an array of living cells containing the desired reagents can be screened over time, as well as space. Environmental control of the cells (temperature, humidity, and carbon dioxide) is required during measurement, since the physiological health of the cells must be maintained for multiple fluorescence measurements over time. There is a growing list of fluorescent physiological indicators and “biosensors” that can report changes in biochemical and molecular activities within cells (Giuliano et al., (1995) [0017] Ann. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct. 24:405; Hahn et al., (1993) In Fluorescent and Luminescent Probes for Biological Activity. W. T. Mason, (ed.), pp. 349-359, Academic Press, San Diego).
  • The availability and use of fluorescence-based reagents has helped to advance the development of both fixed and live cell high-content screens. Advances in instrumentation to automatically extract multicolor, high-content information has recently made it possible to develop HCS into an automated tool. An article by Taylor, et al. ([0018] American Scientist 80 (1992), p. 322-335) describes many of these methods and their applications. For example, Proffitt et. al. (Cytometry 24: 204-213 (1996)) describe a semi-automated fluorescence digital imaging system for quantifying relative cell numbers in situ in a variety of tissue culture plate formats, especially 96-well microtiter plates. The system consists of an epifluorescence inverted microscope with a motorized stage, video camera, image intensifier, and a microcomputer with a PC-Vision digitizer. Turbo Pascal software controls the stage and scans the plate taking multiple images per well. The software calculates total fluorescence per well, provides for daily calibration, and configures easily for a variety of tissue culture plate formats. Thresholding of digital images and reagents which fluoresce only when taken up by living cells are used to reduce background fluorescence without removing excess fluorescent reagent.
  • Scanning confocal microscope imaging (Go et al., (1997) [0019] Analytical Biochemistry 247:210-215; Goldman et al., (1995) Experimental Cell Research 221:311-319) and multiphoton microscope imaging (Denk et al., (1990) Science 248:73; Gratton et al., (1994) Proc. of the Microscopical Society of America, pp. 154-155) are also well established methods for acquiring high resolution images of microscopic samples. The principle advantage of these optical systems is the very shallow depth of focus, which allows features of limited axial extent to be resolved against the background. For example, it is possible to resolve internal cytoplasmic features of adherent cells from the features on the cell surface. Because scanning multiphoton imaging requires very short duration pulsed laser systems to achieve the high photon flux required, fluorescence lifetimes can also be measured in these systems (Lakowicz et al., (1992) Anal. Biochem. 202:316-330; Gerrittsen et al. (1997), J. of Fluorescence 7:11-15)), providing additional capability for different detection modes. Small, reliable and relatively inexpensive laser systems, such as laser diode pumped lasers, are now available to allow multiphoton confocal microscopy to be applied in a fairly routine fashion.
  • A combination of the biological heterogeneity of cells in populations (Bright, et al., (1989). [0020] J Cell. Physiol. 141:410; Giuliano, (1996) Cell Motil. Cytoskel. 35:237)) as well as the high spatial and temporal frequency of chemical and molecular information present within cells, makes it impossible to extract high-content information from populations of cells using existing whole microtiter plate readers. No existing high-content screening platform has been designed for multicolor, fluorescence-based screens using cells that are analyzed individually. Similarly, no method is currently available that combines automated fluid delivery to arrays of cells for the purpose of systematically screening compounds for the ability to induce a cellular response that is identified by HCS analysis, especially from cells grown in microtiter plates. Furthermore, no method exists in the art combining high throughput well-by-well measurements to identify “hits” in one assay followed by a second high content cell-by-cell measurement on the same plate of only those wells identified as hits.
  • The instant invention provides systems, methods, and screens that combine high throughput screening (ITS) and high content screening (HCS) that significantly improve target validation and candidate optimization by combining many cell screening formats with fluorescence-based molecular reagents and computer-based feature extraction, data analysis, and automation, resulting in increased quantity and speed of data collection, shortened cycle times, and, ultimately, faster evaluation of promising drug candidates. The instant invention also provides for miniaturizing the methods, thereby allowing increased throughput, while decreasing the volumes of reagents and test compounds required in each assay. [0021]
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In one aspect, the present invention relates to a method for analyzing cells comprising [0022]
  • providing cells containing fluorescent reporter molecules in an array of locations, [0023]
  • treating the cells in the array of locations with one or more reagents, [0024]
  • imaging numerous cells in each location with fluorescence optics, [0025]
  • converting the optical information into digital data, [0026]
  • utilizing the digital data to determine the distribution, environment or activity of the fluorescently labeled reporter molecules in the cells and the distribution of the cells, and [0027]
  • interpreting that information in terms of a positive, negative or null effect of the compound being tested on the biological function [0028]
  • In this embodiment, the method rapidly determines the distribution, environment, or activity of fluorescently labeled reporter molecules in cells for the purpose of screening large numbers of compounds for those that specifically affect particular biological functions. The array of locations may be a microtiter plate or a microchip which is a microplate having cells in an array of locations. In a preferred embodiment, the method includes computerized means for acquiring, processing, displaying and storing the data received. In a preferred embodiment, the method further comprises automated fluid delivery to the arrays of cells. In another preferred embodiment, the information obtained from high throughput measurements on the same plate are used to selectively perform high content screening on only a subset of the cell locations on the plate. [0029]
  • In another aspect of the present invention, a cell screening system is provided that comprises: [0030]
  • a high magnification fluorescence optical system having a microscope objective, [0031]
  • an XY stage adapted for holding a plate containing an array of cells and having a means for moving the plate for proper alignment and focusing on the cell arrays; [0032]
  • a digital camera; [0033]
  • a light source having optical means for directing excitation light to cell arrays and a means for directing fluorescent light emitted from the cells to the digital camera; and [0034]
  • a computer means for receiving and processing digital data from the digital camera wherein the computer means includes a digital frame grabber for receiving the images from the camera, a display for user interaction and display of assay results, digital storage media for data storage and archiving, and a means for control, acquisition, processing and display of results. [0035]
  • In a preferred embodiment, the cell screening system further comprises a computer screen operatively associated with the computer for displaying data. In another preferred embodiment, the computer means for receiving and processing digital data from the digital camera stores the data in a bioinformatics data base. In a further preferred embodiment, the cell screening system further comprises a reader that measures a signal from many or all the wells in parallel. In another preferred embodiment, the cell screening system further comprises a mechanical-optical means for changing the magnification of the system, to allow changing modes between high throughput and high content screening. In another preferred embodiment, the cell screening system further comprises a chamber and control system to maintain the temperature, CO[0036] 2 concentration and humidity surrounding the plate at levels required to keep cells alive. In a further preferred embodiment, the cell screening system utilizes a confocal scanning illumination and detection system.
  • In another aspect of the present invention, a machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute procedures for defining the distribution and activity of specific cellular constituents and processes is provided. In a preferred embodiment, the cell screening system comprises a high magnification fluorescence optical system with a stage adapted for holding cells and a means for moving the stage, a digital camera, a light source for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera, and a computer means for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera. Preferred embodiments of the machine readable storage medium comprise programs consisting of a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute the procedures set forth in FIGS. 9, 11, [0037] 12, 13, 14 or 15. Another preferred embodiment comprises a program consisting of a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute procedures for detecting the distribution and activity of specific cellular constituents and processes. In most preferred embodiments, the cellular processes include, but are not limited to, nuclear translocation of a protein, cellular hypertrophy, apoptosis, and protease-induced translocation of a protein.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 shows a diagram of the components of the cell-based scanning system. [0038]
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic of the microscope subassembly. [0039]
  • FIG. 3 shows the camera subassembly. [0040]
  • FIG. 4 illustrates cell scanning system process. [0041]
  • FIG. 5 illustrates a user interface showing major functions to guide the user. [0042]
  • FIG. 6 is a block diagram of the two platform architecture of the Dual Mode System for Cell Based Screening in which one platform uses a telescope lens to read all wells of a microtiter plate and a second platform that uses a higher magnification lens to read individual cells in a well. [0043]
  • FIG. 7 is a detail of an optical system for a single platform architecture of the Dual Mode System for Cell Based Screening that uses a moveable ‘telescope’ lens to read all wells of a microtiter plate and a moveable higher magnification lens to read individual cells in a well. [0044]
  • FIG. 8 is an illustration of the fluid delivery system for acquiring kinetic data on the Cell Based Screening System. [0045]
  • FIG. 9 is a flow chart of processing step for the cell-based scanning system. [0046]
  • FIGS. [0047] 10 A-J illustrates the strategy of the Nuclear Translocation Assay.
  • FIG. 11 is a flow chart defining the processing steps in the Dual Mode System for Cell Based Screening combining high throughput and high content screening of microtiter plates. [0048]
  • FIG. 12 is a flow chart defining the processing steps in the High Throughput mode of the System for Cell Based Screening. [0049]
  • FIG. 13 is a flow chart defining the processing steps in the High Content mode of the System for Cell Based Screening. [0050]
  • FIG. 14 is a flow chart defining the processing steps required for acquiring kinetic data in the High Content mode of the System for Cell Based Screening. [0051]
  • FIG. 15 is a flow chart defining the processing steps performed within a well during the acquisition of kinetic data. [0052]
  • FIG. 16 is an example of data from a known inhibitor of translocation. [0053]
  • FIG. 17 is an example of data from a known stimulator of translocation. [0054]
  • FIG. 18 illustrates data presentation on a graphical display. [0055]
  • FIG. 19 is an illustration of the data from the High Throughput mode of the System for Cell Based Screening, an example of the data passed to the High Content mode, the data acquired in the high content mode, and the results of the analysis of that data. [0056]
  • FIG. 20 shows the measurement of a drug-induced cytoplasm to nuclear translocation. [0057]
  • FIG. 21 illustrates a graphical user interface of the measurement shown in FIG. 20. [0058]
  • FIG. 22 illustrates a graphical user interface, with data presentation, of the measurement shown in FIG. 20. [0059]
  • FIG. 23 is a graph representing the kinetic data obtained from the measurements depicted in FIG. 20. [0060]
  • FIG. 24 details a high-content screen of drug-induced apoptosis.[0061]
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • All cited patents, patent applications and other references are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. [0062]
  • As used herein, the following terms have the specified meaning: [0063]
  • Markers of Cellular Domains. [0064]
  • Luminescent probes that have high affinity for specific cellular constituents including specific organelles or molecules. These probes can either be small luminescent molecules or fluorescently tagged macromolecules used as “labeling reagents”, “environmental indicators”, or “biosensors.”[0065]
  • Labeling Reagents. [0066]
  • Labeling reagents include, but are not limited to, luminescently labeled macromolecules including fluorescent protein analogs and biosensors, luminescent macromolecular chimeras including those formed with the green fluorescent protein and mutants thereof, luminescently labeled primary or secondary antibodies that react with cellular antigens involved in a physiological response, luminescent stains, dyes, and other small molecules. [0067]
  • Markers of Cellular Translocations. [0068]
  • Luminescently tagged macromolecules or organelles that move from one cell domain to another during some cellular process or physiological response. Translocation markers can either simply report location relative to the markers of cellular domains or they can also be “biosensors” that report some biochemical or molecular activity as well. [0069]
  • Biosensors. [0070]
  • Macromolecules consisting of a biological functional domain and a luminescent probe or probes that report the environmental changes that occur either internally or on their surface. A class of luminescently labeled macromolecules designed to sense and report these changes have been termed “fluorescent-protein biosensors”. The protein component of the biosensor provides a highly evolved molecular recognition moiety. A fluorescent molecule attached to the protein component in the proximity of an active site transduces environmental changes into fluorescence signals that are detected using a system with an appropriate temporal and spatial resolution such as the cell scanning system of the present invention. Because the modulation of native protein activity within the living cell is reversible, and because fluorescent-protein biosensors can be designed to sense reversible changes in protein activity, these biosensors are essentially reusable. [0071]
  • Disease Associated Sequences (“DAS”). [0072]
  • This term refers to nucleic acid sequences identified by standard techniques, such as primary DNA sequence data, genomic methods such as subtraction hybridization and RADE, and proteomic methods in combination with reverse genetics, as being of drug candidate compounds. The term does not mean that the sequence is only associated with a disease state. [0073]
  • High content screening (HCS) can be used to measure the effects of drugs on complex molecular events such as signal transduction pathways, as well as cell functions including, but not limited to, apoptosis, cell division, cell adhesion, locomotion, exocytosis, and cell-cell communication. Multicolor fluorescence permits multiple targets and cell processes to be assayed in a single screen. Cross-correlation of cellular responses will yield a wealth of information required for target validation and lead optimization. [0074]
  • In one aspect of the present invention, a cell screening system is provided comprising a high magnification fluorescence optical system having a microscope objective, an XY stage adapted for holding a plate with an array of locations for holding cells and having a means for moving the plate to align the locations with the microscope objective and a means for moving the plate in the direction to effect focusing; a digital camera; a light source having optical means for directing excitation light to cells in the array of locations and a means for directing fluorescent light emitted from the cells to the digital camera; and a computer means for receiving and processing digital data from the digital camera wherein the computer means includes: a digital frame grabber for receiving the images from the camera, a display for user interaction and display of assay results, digital storage media for data storage and archiving, and means for control, acquisition, processing and display of results. [0075]
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a preferred embodiment of the cell scanning system. An inverted fluorescence microscope is used i, such as a Zeiss Axiovert inverted fluorescence microscope which uses standard objectives with magnification of 1-100× to the camera, and a white light source (e.g. 100W mercury-arc lamp or 75W xenon lamp) with [0076] power supply 2. There is an XY stage 3 to move the plate 4 in the XY direction over the microscope objective. A Z-axis focus drive 5 moves the objective in the Z direction for focusing. A joystick 6 provides for manual movement of the stage in the XYZ direction. A high resolution digital camera 7 acquires images from each well or location on the plate. There is a camera power supply 8. an automation controller 9 and a central processing unit 10. The PC 11 provides a display 12 and has associated software. The printer 13 provides for printing of a hard copy record.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic of one embodiment of the [0077] microscope assembly 1 of the invention, showing in more detail the XY stage 3, Z-axis focus drive 5, joystick 6, light source 2, and automation controller 9. Cables to the computer 15 and microscope 16, respectively, are provided. In addition, FIG. 2 shows a 96 well microtiter plate 17 which is moved on the XY stage 3 in the XY direction. Light from the light source 2 passes through the PC controlled shutter 18 to a motorized filter wheel 19 with excitation filters 20. The light passes into filter cube 25 which has a dichroic mirror 26 and an emission filter 27. Excitation light reflects off the dichroic mirror to the wells in the microtiter plate 17 and fluorescent light 28 passes through the dichroic mirror 26 and the emission filter 27 and to the digital camera 7.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic drawing of a preferred camera assembly. The [0078] digital camera 7, which contains an automatic shutter for exposure control and a power supply 31, receives fluorescent light 28 from the microscope assembly. A digital cable 30 transports digital signals to the computer.
  • The standard optical configurations described above use microscope optics to directly produce an enlarged image of the specimen on the camera sensor in order to capture a high resolution image of the specimen. This optical system is commonly referred to as ‘wide field’ microscopy. Those skilled in the art of microscopy will recognize that a high resolution image of the specimen can be created by a variety of other optical systems, including, but not limited to, standard scanning confocal detection of a focused point or line of illumination scanned over the specimen (Go et al. 1997, supra), and multi-photon scanning confocal microscopy (Denk et al., 1990, supra), both of which can form images on a CCD detector or by synchronous digitization of the analog output of a photomultiplier tube. [0079]
  • In screening applications, it is often necessary to use a particular cell line, or primary cell culture, to take advantage of particular features of those cells. Those skilled in the art of cell culture will recognize that some cell lines are contact inhibited, meaning that they will stop growing when they become surrounded by other cells, while other cell lines will continue to grow under those conditions and the cells will literally pile up, forming many layers. An example of such a cell line is the HEK 293 (ATCC CRL-1573) line. An optical system that can acquire images of single cell layers in multilayer preparations is required for use with cell lines that tend to form layers. The large depth of field of wide field microscopes produces an image that is a projection through the many layers of cells, making analysis of subcellular spatial distributions extremely difficult in layer-forming cells. Alternatively, the very shallow depth of field that can be achieved on a confocal microscope, (about one micron), allows discrimination of a single cell layer at high resolution, simplifying the determination of the subcellular spatial distribution. Similarly, confocal imaging is preferable when detection modes such as fluorescence lifetime imaging are required. [0080]
  • The output of a standard confocal imaging attachment for a microscope is a digital image that can be converted to the same format as the images produced by the other cell screening system embodiments described above, and can therefore be processed in exactly the same way as those images. The overall control, acquisition and analysis in this embodiment is essentially the same. The optical configuration of the confocal microscope system, is essentially the same as that described above, except for the illuminator and detectors. Illumination and detection systems required for confocal microscopy have been designed as accessories to be attached to standard microscope optical systems such as that of the present invention (Zeiss, Germany). These alternative optical systems therefore can be easily integrated into the system as described above. [0081]
  • FIG. 4 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the invention in which cell arrays are in microwells [0082] 40 on a microplate 4, described ion co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/865,341, incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Typically the microplate is 20 mm by 30 mm as compared to a standard 96 well microtiter plate which is 86 mm by 129 mm. The higher density array of cells on a microplate allows the microplate to be imaged at a low resolution of a few microns per pixel for high throughput and particular locations on the microplate to be imaged at a higher resolution of less than 0.5 microns per pixel. These two resolution modes help to improve the overall throughput of the system.
  • The [0083] microplate chamber 42 serves as a microfluidic delivery system for the addition of compounds to cells. The microplate 41 in the microplate chamber 42 is placed in an XY microplate reader 43. Digital data is processed as described above. The small size of this microplate system increases throughput, minimizes reagent volume and allows control of the distribution and placement of cells for fast and precise cell-based analysis. Processed data can be displayed on a PC screen 11 and made part of a bioinformatics data base 44. This data base not only permits storage and retrieval of data obtained through the methods of this invention, but also permits acquisition and storage of external data relating to cells. FIG. 5 is a PC display which illustrates the operation of the software.
  • In an alternative embodiment, a high throughput system (HTS) is directly coupled with the HCS either on the same platform or on two separate platforms connected electronically (e.g. via a local area network). This embodiment of the invention, referred to as a dual mode optical system, has the advantage of increasing the throughput of a HCS by coupling it with a HTS and thereby requiring slower high resolution data acquisition and analysis only on the small subset of wells that show a response in the coupled HTS. [0084]
  • High throughput ‘whole plate’ reader systems are well known in the art and are commonly used as a component of an HTS system used to screen large numbers of compounds (Beggs (1997), [0085] J. of Biomolec. Screening 2:71-78, Macaffrey et al., (1996) J. Biomolec. Screening 1:187-190).
  • In one embodiment of dual mode cell based screening, a two platform architecture in which high throughput acquisition occurs on one platform and high content acquisition occurs on a second platform is provided (FIG. 6). Processing occurs on each platform independently, with results passed over a network interface, or a single controller is used to process the data from both platforms. [0086]
  • As illustrated in FIG. 6, an exemplified two platform dual mode optical system consists of two light optical instruments, a [0087] high throughput platform 60 and a high content platform 65, which read fluorescent signals emitted from cells cultured in microtiter plates or microwell arrays on a microplate, and communicate with each other via an electronic connection 64. The high throughput platform 60 analyzes all the wells in the whole plate either in parallel or rapid serial fashion. Those skilled in the art of screening will recognize that there are a many such commercially available high throughput reader systems that could be integrated into a dual mode cell based screening system (Topcount (Packard Instruments, Meriden, Conn.); Spectramax, Lumiskan (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif.); Fluoroscan (Labsystems, Beverly, Mass.)). The high content platform 65, as described above, scans from well to well and acquires and analyzes high resolution image data collected from individual cells within a well.
  • The HTS software, residing on the system's [0088] computer 62, controls the high throughput instrument, and results are displayed on the monitor 61. The HCS software, residing on it's computer system 67 controls the high content instrument hardware 65, optional devices (e.g. plate loader, environmental chamber, fluid dispenser), analyzes digital image data from the plate, displays results on the monitor 66 and manages data measured in an integrated database. The two systems can also share a single computer, in which case all data would be collected, processed and displayed on that computer, without the need for a local area network to transfer the data. Microtiter plates are transferred from the high throughput system to the high content system 63 either manually or by a robotic plate transfer device, as is well known in the art (Beggs (1997), supra; Mcaffrey (1996), supra).
  • In a preferred embodiment, the dual mode optical system utilizes a single platform system (FIG. 7). It consists of two separate optical modules, an [0089] HCS module 203 and an HTS module 209 that can be independently or collectively moved so that only one at a time is used to collect data from the microtiter plate 201. The microtiter plate 201 is mounted in a motorized X,Y stage so it can be positioned for imaging in either HTS or HCS mode. After collecting and analyzing the HTS image data as described below, the HTS optical module 209 is moved out of the optical path and the HCS optical module 203 is moved into place.
  • The optical module for [0090] HTS 209 consists of a projection lens 214, excitation wavelength filter 213 and dichroic mirror 210 which are used to illuminate the whole bottom of the plate with a specific wavelength band from a conventional microscope lamp system (not illustrated). The fluorescence emission is collected through the dichroic mirror 210 and emission wavelength filter 211 by a lens 212 which forms an image on the camera 216 with sensor 215.
  • The optical module for [0091] HCS 203 consists of a projection lens 208 excitation wavelength filter 207 and dichroic mirror 204 which are used to illuminate the back aperture of the microscope objective 202, and thereby the field of that objective, from a standard microscope illumination system (not shown). The fluorescence emission is collected by the microscope objective 202, passes through the dichroic mirror 204 and emission wavelength filter 205 and is focused by a tube lens 206 which forms an image on the same camera 216 with sensor 215.
  • In an alternative embodiment of the present invention, the cell screening system further comprises a fluid delivery device for use with the live cell embodiment of the method of cell screening (see below). FIG. 8 exemplifies a fluid delivery device for use with the system of the invention. It consists of a bank of 12 syringe pumps [0092] 701 driven by a single motor drive. Each syringe 702 is sized according to the volume to be delivered to each well, typically between 1 and 100 μL. Each syringe is attached via flexible tubing 703 to a similar bank of connectors which accept standard pipette tips 705. The bank of pipette tips are attached to a drive system so they can be lowered and raised relative to the microtiter plate 706 to deliver fluid to each well. The plate is mounted on an X,Y stage, allowing movement relative to the optical system 707 for data collection purposes. This set-up allows one set of pipette tips, or even a single pipette tip, to deliver reagent to all the wells on the plate. The bank of syringe pumps can be used to deliver fluid to 12 wells simultaneously, or to fewer wells by removing some of the tips.
  • In another aspect, the present invention provides a method for analyzing cells comprising providing an array of locations which contain multiple cells wherein the cells contain one or more fluorescent reporter molecules; scanning multiple cells in each of the locations containing cells to obtain fluorescent signals from the fluorescent reporter molecule in the cells; converting the fluorescent signals into digital data; and utilizing the digital data to determine the distribution, environment or activity of the fluorescent reporter molecule within the cells. [0093]
  • Cell Arrays [0094]
  • Screening large numbers of compounds for activity with respect to a particular biological function requires preparing arrays of cells for parallel handling of cells and reagents. Standard 96 well microtiter plates which are 86 mm by 129 mm, with 6 mm diameter wells on a 9 mm pitch, are used for compatibility with current automated loading and robotic handling systems. The microplate is typically 20 mm by 30 mm, with cell locations that are 100-200 microns in dimension on a pitch of about 500 microns. Methods for making microplates are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/865,341, incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Microplates may consist of coplanar layers of materials to which cells adhere, patterned with materials to which cells will not adhere, or etched 3-dimensional surfaces of similarly pattered materials. For the purpose of the following discussion, the terms ‘well’ and ‘microwell’[0095] 0 refer to a location in an array of any construction to which cells adhere and within which the cells are imaged. Microplates may also include fluid delivery channels in the spaces between the wells. The smaller format of a microplate increases the overall efficiency of the system by minimizing the quantities of the reagents, storage and handling during preparation and the overall movement required for the scanning operation. In addition, the whole area of the microplate can be imaged more efficiently, allowing a second mode of operation for the microplate reader as described later in this document.
  • Fluorescence Reporter Molecules [0096]
  • A major component of the new drug discovery paradigm is a continually growing family of fluorescent and luminescent reagents that are used to measure the temporal and spatial distribution, content, and activity of intracellular ions, metabolites, macromolecules, and organelles. Classes of these reagents include labeling reagents that measure the distribution and amount of molecules in living and fixed cells, environmental indicators to report signal transduction events in time and space, and fluorescent protein biosensors to measure target molecular activities within living cells. A multiparameter approach that combines several reagents in a single cell is a powerful new tool for drug discovery. [0097]
  • The method of the present invention is based on the high affinity of fluorescent or luminescent molecules for specific cellular components. The affinity for specific components is governed by physical forces such as ionic interactions, covalent bonding (which includes chimeric fusion with protein-based chromophores, fluorophores, and lumiphores), as well as hydrophobic interactions, electrical potential, and, in some cases, simple entrapment within a cellular component. The luminescent probes can be small molecules, labeled macromolecules, or genetically engineered proteins, including, but not limited to green fluorescent protein chimeras. [0098]
  • Those skilled in this art will recognize a wide variety of fluorescent reporter molecules that can be used in the present invention, including, but not limited to, fluorescently labeled biomolecules such as proteins, phospholipids and DNA hybridizing probes. Similarly, fluorescent reagents specifically synthesized with particular chemical properties of binding or association have been used as fluorescent reporter molecules (Barak et al., (1997), [0099] J. Biol. Chem. 272:27497-27500; Southwick et al., (1990), Cytometry 11:418-430; Tsien (1989) in Methods in Cell Biology, Vol. 29 Taylor and Wang (eds.), pp. 127-156). Fluorescently labeled antibodies are particularly useful reporter molecules due to their high degree of specificity for attaching to a single molecular target in a mixture of molecules as complex as a cell or tissue.
  • The luminescent probes can be synthesized within the living cell or can be transported into the cell via several non-mechanical modes including diffusion, facilitated or active transport, signal-sequence-mediated transport, and endocytotic or pinocytotic uptake. Mechanical bulk loading methods, which are well known in the art, can also be used to load luminescent probes into living cells (Barber et al. (1996), Neuroscience Letters 207:17-20; Bright et al. (1996), [0100] Cytometry 24:226-233; McNeil (1989) in Methods in Cell Biology, Vol. 29, Taylor and Wang (eds.), pp. 153-173). These methods include electroporation and other mechanical methods such as scrape-loading, bead-loading, impact-loading, syringe-loading, hypertonic and hypotonic loading. Additionally, cells can be genetically engineered to express reporter molecules, such as GFP, coupled to a protein of interest as previously described (Chalfie and Prasher U.S. Pat. No. 5,491,084; Cubitt et al. (1995), Trends in Biochemical Science 20:448-455).
  • Once in the cell, the luminescent probes accumulate at their target domain as a result of specific and high affinity interactions with the target domain or other modes of molecular targeting such as signal-sequence-mediated transport. Fluorescently labeled reporter molecules are useful for determining the location, amount and chemical environment of the reporter. For example, whether the reporter is in a lipophilic membrane environment or in a more aqueous environment can be determined (Giuliano et al. (1995), [0101] Ann. Rev. of Biophysics and Biomolecular Structure 24:405-434; Giuliano and Taylor (1995), Methods in Neuroscience 27:1-16). The pH environment of the reporter can be determined (Bright et al. (1989), J. Cell Biology 104:1019-1033; Giuliano et al. (1987), Anal. Biochem. 167:362-371; Thomas et al. (1979), Biochemistry 18:2210-2218). It can be determined whether a reporter having a chelating group is bound to an ion, such as Ca++, or not (Bright et al. (1989), In Methods in Cell Biology, Vol. 30, Taylor and Wang (eds.), pp. 157-192; Shimoura et al. (1988), J. of Biochemistry (Tokyo) 251:405-410; Tsien (1989) In Methods in Cell Biology, Vol. 30, Taylor and Wang (eds.), pp. 127-156).
  • Furthermore, certain cell types within an organism may contain components that can be specifically labeled that may not occur in other cell types. For example, epithelial cells often contain polarized membrane components. That is, these cells asymmetrically distribute macromolecules along their plasma membrane. Connective or supporting tissue cells often contain granules in which are trapped molecules specific to that cell type (e.g., heparin, histamine, serotonin, etc.). Most muscular tissue cells contain a sarcoplasmic reticulum, a specialized organelle whose function is to regulate the concentration of calcium ions within the cell cytoplasm. Many nervous tissue cells contain secretory granules and vesicles in which are trapped neurohormones or neurotransmitters. Therefore, fluorescent molecules can be designed to label not only specific components within specific cells, but also specific cells within a population of mixed cell types. [0102]
  • Those skilled in the art will recognize a wide variety of ways to measure fluorescence. For example, some fluorescent reporter molecules exhibit a change in excitation or emission spectra, some exhibit resonance energy transfer where one fluorescent reporter loses fluorescence, while a second gains in fluorescence, some exhibit a loss (quenching) or appearance of fluorescence, while some report rotational movements (Giuliano et al. (1995), [0103] Ann. Rev. of Biophysics and Biomol. Structure 24:405-434; Giuliano et al. (1995), Methods in Neuroscience 27:1-16).
  • Scanning Cell Arrays [0104]
  • Referring to FIG. 9, a preferred embodiment is provided to analyze cells that comprises operator-directed parameters being selected based on the assay being conducted, data acquisition by the cell screening system on the distribution of fluorescent signals within a sample, and interactive data review and analysis. At the start of an automated scan the operator enters [0105] information 100 that describes the sample, specifies the filter settings and fluorescent channels to match the biological labels being used and the information sought, and then adjusts the camera settings to match the sample brightness. For flexibility to handle a range of samples, the software allows selection of various parameter settings used to identify nuclei and cytoplasm, and selection of different fluorescent reagents, identification of cells of interest based on morphology or brightness, and cell numbers to be analyzed per well. These parameters are stored in the system's database for easy retrieval for each automated run. The system's interactive cell identification mode simplifies the selection of morphological parameter limits such as the range of size, shape, and intensity of cells to be analyzed. The user specifies which wells of the plate the system will scan and how many fields or how many cells to analyze in each well. Depending on the setup mode selected by the user at step 101, the system either automatically pre-focuses the region of the plate to be scanned using an autofocus procedure to “find focus” of the plate 102 or the user interactively pre-focuses 103 the scanning region by selecting three “tag” points which define the rectangular area to be scanned. A least-squares fit “focal plane model” is then calculated from these tag points to estimate the focus of each well during an automated scan. The focus of each well is estimated by interpolating from the focal plane model during a scan.
  • During an automated scan, the software dynamically displays the scan status, including the number of cells analyzed, the current well being analyzed, images of each independent wavelength as they are acquired, and the result of the screen for each well as it is determined. The plate [0106] 4 (FIG. 1) is scanned in a serpentine style as the software automatically moves the motorized microscope XY stage 3 from well to well and field to field within each well of a 96-well plate. Those skilled in the programming art will recognize how to adapt software for scanning of other microplate formats such as 24, 48, and 384 well plates. The scan pattern of the entire plate as well as the scan pattern of fields within each well are programmed. The system adjusts sample focus with an autofocus procedure 104 (FIG. 9) through the Z axis focus drive 5. controls filter selection via a motorized filter wheel 19, and acquires and analyzes images of up to four different colors (“channels” or “wavelengths”).
  • The autofocus procedure is called at a user selected frequency, typically for the first field in each well and then once every 4 to 5 fields within each well. The autofocus procedure calculates the starting Z-axis point by interpolating from the pre-calculated plane focal model. Starting a programmable distance above or below this set point, the procedure moves the mechanical Z-axis through a number of different positions, acquires an image at each position, and finds the maximum of a calculated focus score that estimates the contrast of each image. The Z position of the image with the maximum focus score determines the best focus for a particular field. Those skilled in the art will recognize this as a variant of automatic focusing algorithms as described in Harms et al. in [0107] Cytometry 5 (1984), 236-243, Groen et al. in Cytometry 6 (1985), 81-91, and Firestone et al. in Cytometry 12 (1991), 195-206.
  • For image acquisition, the camera's exposure time is separately adjusted for each dye to ensure a high-quality image from each channel. Software procedures can be called, at the user's option, to correct for registration shifts between wavelengths by accounting for linear (X and Y) shifts between wavelengths before making any further measurements. The [0108] electronic shutter 18 is controlled so that sample photo-bleaching is kept to a minimum. Background shading and uneven illumination can be corrected by the software using methods known in the art (Bright et al. (1987), J. Cell Biol. 104:1019-1033).
  • In one channel, images are acquired of a primary marker [0109] 105 (FIG. 9) (typically cell nuclei counterstained with DAPI or PI fluorescent dyes) which are segmented (“identified”) using an adaptive thresholding procedure. The adaptive thresholding procedure 106 is used to dynamically select the threshold of an image for separating cells from the background. The staining of cells with fluorescent dyes can vary to an unknown degree across cells in a microtiter plate sample as well as within images of a field of cells within each well of a microtiter plate. This variation can occur as a result of sample preparation and/or the dynamic nature of cells. A global threshold is calculated for the complete image to separate the cells from background and account for field to field variation. These global adaptive techniques are variants of those described in the art. (Kittler et al. in Computer Vision, Graphics, and Image Processing 30 (1985), 125-147, Ridler et al. in IEEE Trans. Systems, Man, and Cybernetics (1978), 630-632.)
  • An alternative adaptive thresholding method utilizes local region thresholding in contrast to global image thresholding. Image analysis of local regions leads to better overall segmentation since staining of cell nuclei (as well as other labeled components) can vary across an image. Using this global/local procedure, a reduced resolution image (reduced in size by a factor of 2 to 4) is first globally segmented (using adaptive thresholding) to find regions of interest in the image. These regions then serve as guides to more fully analyze the same regions at full resolution. A more localized threshold is then calculated (again using adaptive thresholding) for each region of interest. [0110]
  • The output of the segmentation procedure is a binary image wherein the objects are white and the background is black. This binary image, also called a mask in the art, is used to determine if the field contains objects [0111] 107. The mask is labeled with a blob labeling algorithm whereby each object (or blob) has a unique number assigned to it. Morphological features, such as area and shape, of the blobs are used to differentiate blobs likely to be cells from those that are considered artifacts. The user pre-sets the morphological selection criteria by either typing in known cell morphological features or by using the interactive training utility. If objects of interest are found in the field, images are acquired for all other active channels 108, otherwise the stage is advanced to the next field 109 in the current well. Each object of interest is located in the image for further analysis 110. The software determines if the object meets the criteria for a valid cell nucleus 111 by measuring its morphological features (size and shape). For each valid cell, the XYZ stage location is recorded, a small image of the cell is stored, and features are measured 112.
  • The cell scanning method of the present invention can be used to perform many different assays on cellular samples by applying a number of analytical methods simultaneously to measure features at multiple wavelengths. An example of one such assay provides for the following measurements: [0112]
  • 1. The total fluorescent intensity within the cell nucleus for colors 1-4 [0113]
  • 2. The area of the cell nucleus for color 1 (the primary marker) [0114]
  • 3. The shape of the cell nucleus for [0115] color 1 is described three shape features:
  • a) perimeter squared area [0116]
  • b) box area ratio [0117]
  • c) height width ratio [0118]
  • 4. The average fluorescent intensity within the cell nucleus for colors 1-4 (i.e. #1 divided by #2) [0119]
  • 5. The total fluorescent intensity of a ring outside the nucleus (see FIG. 10) that represents fluorescence of the cell's cytoplasm (cytoplasmic mask) for colors 2-4 [0120]
  • 6. The area of the cytoplasmic mask [0121]
  • 7. The average fluorescent intensity of the cytoplasmic mask for colors 2-4 (i.e. #5 divided by #6) [0122]
  • 8. The ratio of the average fluorescent intensity of the cytoplasmic mask to average fluorescent intensity within the cell nucleus for colors 2-4 (i.e. #7 divided by #4) [0123]
  • 9. The difference of the average fluorescent intensity of the cytoplasmic mask and the average fluorescent intensity within the cell nucleus for colors 2-4 (i.e. #7 minus #4) [0124]
  • 10. The number of fluorescent domains (also call spots, dots, or grains) within the cell nucleus for colors 2-4 [0125]
  • [0126] Features 1 through 4 are general features of the different cell screening assays of the invention. These steps are commonly used in a variety of image analysis applications and are well known in art (Russ (1992) The Image Processing Handbook, CRC Press Inc.; Gonzales et al. (1987), Digital Image Processing. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. pp. 391-448). Features 5-9 have been developed specifically to provide measurements of a cell's fluorescent molecules within the local cytoplasmic region of the cell and the translocation (i.e. movement) of fluorescent molecules from the cytoplasm to the nucleus. These features (steps 5-9) are used for analyzing cells in microplates for the inhibition of nuclear translocation. For example, inhibition of nuclear translocation of transcription factors provides a novel approach to screening intact cells (detailed examples of other types of screens will be provided below). A specific algorithm measures the amount of probe in the nuclear region (feature 4) versus the local cytoplasmic region (feature 7) of each cell. Quantification of the difference between these two sub-cellular compartments provides a measure of cytoplasm-nuclear translocation (feature 9).
  • [0127] Feature 10 describes a screen used for counting of DNA or RNA probes within the nuclear region in colors 2-4; For example, probes are commercially available for identifying chromosome-specific DNA sequences (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, Md.; Genosys, Woodlands, Tex.; Biotechnologies, Inc., Richmond, Calif.; Bio 101, Inc., Vista, Calif.) Cells are three-dimensional in nature and when examined at a high magnification under a microscope one probe may be in-focus while another may be completely out-of-focus. The cell screening method of the present invention provides for detecting three-dimensional probes in nuclei by acquiring images from multiple focal planes. The software moves the Z-axis motor drive 5 (FIG. 1) in small steps where the step distance is user selected to account for a wide range of different nuclear diameters. At each of the focal steps, an image is acquired. The maximum gray-level intensity from each pixel in each image is found and stored in a resulting maximum projection image. The maximum projection image is then used to count the probes. The above algorithm works well in counting probes that are not stacked directly above or below another one. To account for probes stacked on top of each other in the Z-direction, users can select an option to analyze probes in each of the focal planes acquired. In this mode, the scanning system performs the maximum plane projection algorithm as discussed above, detects probe regions of interest in this image, then further analyzes these regions in all the focal plane images.
  • After measuring cell features [0128] 112 (FIG. 9), the system checks if there are any unprocessed objects in the current field 113. If there are any unprocessed objects, it locates the next object 110 and determines whether it meets the criteria for a valid cell nucleus 111, and measures its features. Once all the objects in the current field are processed, the system determines whether analysis of the current plate is complete 114; if not, it determines the need to find more cells in the current well 115. If the need exists, the system advances the XYZ stage to the next field within the current well 109 or advances the stage to the next well 116 of the plate.
  • After a plate scan is complete, images and data can be reviewed with the system's image review, data review, and summary review facilities. All images, data, and settings from a scan are archived in the system's database for later review or for interfacing with a network information management system. Data can also be exported to other third-party statistical packages to tabulate results and generate other reports. Users can review the images alone of every cell analyzed by the system with an interactive [0129] image review procedure 117. The user can review data on a cell-by-cell basis using a combination of interactive graphs, a data spreadsheet of measured features, and images of all the fluorescence channels of a cell of interest with the interactive cell-by-cell data review procedure 118. Graphical plotting capabilities are provided in which data can be analyzed via interactive graphs such as histograms and scatter plots. Users can review summary data that are accumulated and summarized for all cells within each well of a plate with an interactive well-by-well data review procedure 119. Hard copies of graphs and images can be printed on a wide range of standard printers.
  • As a final phase of a complete scan, reports can be generated on one or more statistics of the measured features. Users can generate a graphical report of data summarized on a well-by-well basis for the scanned region of the plate using an interactive [0130] report generation procedure 120. This report includes a summary of the statistics by well in tabular and graphical format and identification information on the sample. The report window allows the operator to enter comments about the scan for later retrieval. Multiple reports can be generated on many statistics and be printed with the touch of one button. Reports can be previewed for placement and data before being printed.
  • The above-recited embodiment of the method operates in a single high resolution mode referred to as the high content screening (HCS) mode. The HCS mode provides sufficient spatial resolution within a well (on the order of 1 μm) to define the distribution of material within the well, as well as within individual cells in the well. The high degree of information content accessible in that mode, comes at the expense of speed and complexity of the required signal processing. [0131]
  • In an alternative embodiment, a high throughput system (HTS) is directly coupled with the HCS either on the same platform or on two separate platforms connected electronically (e.g. via a local area network). This embodiment of the invention, referred to as a dual mode optical system, has the advantage of increasing the throughput of an HCS by coupling it with an HTS and thereby requiring slower high resolution data acquisition and analysis only on the small subset of wells that show a response in the coupled HTS. [0132]
  • High throughput ‘whole plate’ reader systems are well known in the art and are commonly used as a component of an. HTS system used to screen large numbers of compounds (Beggs et al. (1997), supra; McCaffrey et al. (1996), supra ). The HTS of the present invention is carried out on the microtiter plate or microwell array by reading many or all wells in the plate simultaneously with sufficient resolution to make determinations on a well-by-well basis. That is, calculations are made by averaging the total signal output of many or all the cells or the bulk of the material in each well. Wells that exhibit some defined response in the HTS (the ‘hits’) are flagged by the system. Then on the same microtiter plate or microwell array, each well identified as a hit is measured via HCS as described above. Thus, the dual mode process involves: [0133]
  • 1. Rapidly measuring numerous wells of a microtiter plate or microwell array, [0134]
  • 2. Interpreting the data to determine the overall activity of fluorescently labeled reporter molecules in the cells on a well-by-well basis to identify “hits” (wells that exhibit a defined response), [0135]
  • 3. Imaging numerous cells in each “hit” well, and [0136]
  • 4. Interpreting the digital image data to determine the distribution, environment or activity of the fluorescently labeled reporter molecules in the individual cells (i.e. intracellular measurements) and the distribution of the cells to test for specific biological functions [0137]
  • In a preferred embodiment of dual mode processing (FIG. 11), at the start of a [0138] run 301, the operator enters information 302 that describes the plate and its contents, specifies the filter settings and fluorescent channels to match the biological labels being used, the information sought and the camera settings to match the sample brightness. These parameters are stored in the system's database for easy retrieval for each automated run. The microtiter plate or microwell array is loaded into the cell screening system 303 either manually or automatically by controlling a robotic loading device. An optional environmental chamber 304 is controlled by the system to maintain the temperature, humidity and CO2 levels in the air surrounding live cells in the microtiter plate or microwell array. An optional fluid delivery device 305 (see FIG. 8) is controlled by the system to dispense fluids into the wells during the scan.
  • [0139] High throughput processing 306 is first performed on the microtiter plate or microwell array by acquiring and analyzing the signal from each of the wells in the plate. The processing performed in high throughput mode 307 is illustrated in FIG. 12 and described below. Wells that exhibit some selected intensity response in this high throughput mode (“hits”) are identified by the system. The system performs a conditional operation 308 that tests for hits. If hits are found, those specific hit wells are further analyzed in high content (micro level) mode 309. The processing performed in high content mode 312 is illustrated in FIG. 13. The system then updates 310 the informatics database 311 with results of the measurements on the plate. If there are more plates to be analyzed 313 the system loads the next plate 303; otherwise the analysis of the plates terminates 314.
  • The following discussion describes the high throughput mode illustrated in FIG. 12. The preferred embodiment of the system, the single platform dual mode screening system, will be described. Those skilled in the art will recognize that operationally the dual platform system simply involves moving the plate between two optical systems rather than moving the optics. Once the system has been set up and the plate loaded, the system begins the HTS acquisition and [0140] analysis 401. The HTS optical module is selected by controlling a motorized optical positioning device 402 on the dual mode system. In one fluorescence channel, data from a primary marker on the plate is acquired 403 and wells are isolated from the plate background using a masking procedure 404. Images are also acquired in other fluorescence channels being used 405. The region in each image corresponding to each well 406 is measured 407. A feature calculated from the measurements for a particular well is compared with a predefined threshold or intensity response 408, and based on the result the well is either flagged as a “hit” 409 or not. The locations of the wells flagged as hits are recorded for subsequent high content mode processing. If there are wells remaining to be processed 410 the program loops back 406 until all the wells have been processed 411 and the system exits high throughput mode.
  • Following HTS analysis, the system starts the high [0141] content mode processing 501 defined in FIG. 13. The system selects the HCS optical module 502 by controlling the motorized positioning system. For each “hit” well identified in high throughput mode, the XY stage location of the well is retrieved from memory or disk and the stage is then moved to the selected stage location 503. The autofocus procedure 504 is called for the first field in each hit well and then once every 5 to 8 fields within each well. In one channel, images are acquired of the primary marker 505 (typically cell nuclei counterstained with DAPI, Hoechst or PI fluorescent dye). The images are then segmented (separated into regions of nuclei and non-nuclei) using an adaptive thresholding procedure 506. The output of the segmentation procedure is a binary mask wherein the objects are white and the background is black. This binary image, also called a mask in the art, is used to determine if the field contains objects 507. The mask is labeled with a blob labeling algorithm whereby each object (or blob) has a unique number assigned to it. If objects are found in the field, images are acquired for all other active channels 508, otherwise the stage is advanced to the next field 514 in the current well. Each object is located in the image for further analysis 509. Morphological features, such as area and shape of the objects, are used to select objects likely to be cell nuclei 510:, and discard (do no further processing on) those that are considered artifacts. For each valid cell nucleus, the XYZ stage location is recorded, a small image of the cell is stored, and assay specific features are measured 511. The system then performs multiple tests on the cells by applying several analytical methods to measure features at each of several wavelengths. After measuring the cell features, the systems checks if there are any unprocessed objects in the current field 512. If there are any unprocessed objects, it locates the next object 509 and determines whether it meets the criteria for a valid cell nucleus 510, and measures its features. After processing all the objects in the current field, the system deteremines whether it needs to find more cells or fields in the current well 513. If it needs to find more cells or fields in the current well it advances the XYZ stage to the next field within the current well 515. Otherwise, the system checks whether it has any remaining hit wells to measure 515. If so, it advances to the next hit well 503 and proceeds through another cycle of acquisition and analysis, otherwise the HCS mode is finished 516.
  • In an alternative embodiment of the present invention, a method of kinetic live cell screening is provided. The previously described embodiments of the invention are used to characterize the spatial distribution of cellular components at a specific point in time, the time of chemical fixation. As such, these embodiments have limited utility for implementing kinetic based screens, due to the sequential nature of the image acquisition, and the amount of time required to read all the wells on a plate. For example, since a plate can require 30-60 minutes to read through all the wells, only very slow kinetic processes can be measured by simply preparing a plate of live cells and then reading through all the wells more than once. Faster kinetic processes can be measured by taking multiple readings of each well before proceeding to the next well, but the elapsed time between the first and last well would be too long, and fast kinetic processes would likely be complete before reaching the last well. [0142]
  • The kinetic live cell extension of the invention enables the design and use of screens in which a biological process is characterized by its kinetics instead of, or in addition to, its spatial characteristics. In many cases, a response in live cells can be measured by adding a reagent to a specific well and making multiple measurements on that well with the appropriate timing. This dynamic live cell embodiment of the invention therefore includes apparatus for fluid delivery to individual wells of the system in order to deliver reagents to each well at a specific time in advance of reading the well. This embodiment thereby allows kinetic measurements to be made with temporal resolution of seconds to minutes on each well of the plate. To improve the overall efficiency of the dynamic live cell system, the acquisition control program is modified to allow repetitive data collection from sub-regions of the plate, allowing the system to read other wells between the time points required for an individual well. [0143]
  • FIG. 8 describes an example of a fluid delivery device for use with the live cell embodiment of the invention and is described above. This set-up allows one set of [0144] pipette tips 705, or even a single pipette tip, to deliver reagent to all the wells on the plate. The bank of syringe pumps 701 can be used to deliver fluid to 12 wells simultaneously, or to fewer wells by removing some of the tips 705. The temporal resolution of the system can therefore be adjusted, without sacrificing data collection efficiency, by changing the number of tips and the scan pattern as follows. Typically, the data collection and analysis from a single well takes about 5 seconds. Moving from well to well and focusing in a well requires about 5 seconds, so the overall cycle time for a well is about 10 seconds. Therefore, if a single pipette tip is used to deliver fluid to a single well, and data is collected repetitively from that well, measurements can be made with about 5 seconds temporal resolution. If 6 pipette tips are used to deliver fluids to 6 wells simultaneously, and the system repetitively scans all 6 wells, each scan will require 60 seconds, thereby establishing the temporal resolution. For slower processes which only require data collection every 8 minutes, fluids can be delivered to one half of the plate, by moving the plate during the fluid delivery phase, and then repetitively scanning that half of the plate. Therefore, by adjusting the size of the sub-region being scanned on the plate, the temporal resolution can be adjusted without having to insert wait times between acquisitions. Because the system is continuously scanning and acquiring data, the overall time to collect a kinetic data set from the plate is then simply the time to perform a single scan of the plate, multiplied by the number of time points required. Typically, 1 time point before addition of compounds and 2 or 3 time points following addition should be sufficient for screening purposes.
  • FIG. 14 shows the acquisition sequence used for kinetic analysis. The start of [0145] processing 801 is configuration of the system, much of which is identical to the standard HCS configuration. In addition, the operator must enter information specific to the kinetic analysis being performed 802, such as the sub-region size, the number of time points required, and the required time increment. A sub-region is a group of wells that will be scanned repetitively in order to accumulate kinetic data. The size of the sub-region is adjusted so that the system can scan a whole sub-region once during a single time increment, thus minimizing wait times. The optimum sub-region size is calculated from the setup parameters, and adjusted if necessary by the operator. The system then moves the plate to the first sub-region 803, and to the first well in that sub-region 804 to acquire the prestimulation (time=0) time points. The acquisition sequence performed in each well is exactly the same as that required for the specific HCS being run in kinetic mode. FIG. 15 details a flow chart for that processing. All of the steps between the start 901 and the return 902 are identical to those described as steps 504-514 in FIG. 13.
  • After processing each well in a sub-region, the system checks to see if all the wells in the sub-region have been processed [0146] 806 (FIG. 14), and cycles through all the wells until the whole region has been processed. The system then moves the plate into position for fluid addition, and controls fluidic system delivery of fluids to the entire sub-region. 807. This may require multiple additions for sub-regions which span several rows on the plate, with the system moving the plate on the X,Y stage between additions. Once the fluids have been added, the system moves to the first well in the sub-region 808 to begin acquisition of time points. The data is acquired from each well 809 and as before the system cycles through all the wells in the sub-region 810. After each pass through the sub-region, the system checks whether all the time points have been collected 811 and if not, pauses 813 if necessary 812 to stay synchronized with the requested time increment. Otherwise, the system checks for additional sub-regions on the plate 814 and either moves to the next sub-region 803 or finishes 815. Thus, the kinetic analysis mode comprises operator identification of sub-regions of the microtiter plate or microwells to be screened, based on the kinetic response to be investigated, with data acquisitions within a sub-region prior to data acquisition in subsequent sub-regions.
  • Specific Screens [0147]
  • In another aspect of the present invention, a machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute procedures for defining the distribution and activity of specific cellular constituents and processes is provided. In a preferred embodiment, the cell screening system comprises a high magnification fluorescence optical system with a stage adapted for holding cells and a means for moving the stage, a digital camera, a light source for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera, and a computer means for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera. This aspect of the invention comprises programs that instruct the cell screening system to define the distribution and activity of specific cellular constituents and processes, using the. luminescent probes, the optical imaging system, and the pattern recognition software of the invention. Preferred embodiments of the machine readable storage medium comprise programs consisting of a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute the procedures set forth in FIGS. 9, 11, [0148] 12, 13, 14 or 15. Another preferred embodiment comprises a program consisting of a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute procedures for detecting the distribution and activity of specific cellular constituents and processes. In most preferred embodiments, the cellular processes include, but are not limited to, nuclear translocation of a protein, cellular hypertrophy, apoptosis, and protease-induced translocation of a protein.
  • The following examples are intended for purposes of illustration only and should not be construed to limit the scope of the invention, as defined in the claims appended hereto. [0149]
  • The various chemical compounds, reagents, dyes, and antibodies that are referred to in the following Examples are commercially available from such sources as Sigma Chemical (St. Louis, Mo.), Molecular Probes (Eugene, Oreg.), Aldrich Chemical Company (Milwaukee, Wis.), Accurate Chemical Company (Westbury, N.Y.), Jackson Immunolabs, and Clontech (Palo Alto, Calif.). [0150]
  • EXAMPLE 1 Automated Screen for Compounds that Induce or Inhibit Nuclear Translocation of a DNA Transcription Factor
  • Regulation of transcription of some genes involves activation of a transcription factor in the cytoplasm, resulting in that factor being transported into the nucleus where it can initiate transcription of a particular gene or genes. This change in transcription factor distribution is the basis of a screen for the cell-based screening system to detect compounds that inhibit or induce transcription of a particular gene or group of genes. A general description of the screen is given followed by a specific example. [0151]
  • The distribution of the transcription factor is determined by labeling the nuclei with a DNA specific fluorophore like Hoechst 33423 and the transcription factor with a specific fluorescent antibody. After autofocusing on the Hoechst labeled nuclei, an image of the nuclei is acquired in the cell-based screening system at 20× magnification and used to create a mask by one of several optional thresholding methods, as described supra. The morphological descriptors of the regions defined by the mask are compared with the user defined parameters and valid nuclear masks are identified and used with the following algorithm to extract transcription factor distributions. Each valid nuclear mask is eroded to define a slightly smaller nuclear region. The original nuclear mask is then dilated in two steps to define a ring shaped region around the nucleus, which represents a cytoplasmic region. The average antibody fluorescence in each of these two regions is determined, and the difference between these averages is defined as the NucCyt Difference. Two examples of determining nuclear translocation are discussed below and illustrated in FIGS. [0152] 10A-J. FIG. 10A illustrates an unstimulated cell with its nucleus 200 labeled with a blue fluorophore and a transcription factor in the cytoplasm 201 labeled with a green fluorophore. FIG. 10B illustrates the nuclear mask 202 derived by the cell-based screening system. FIG. 10C illustrates the cytoplasm 203 of the unstimulated cell imaged at a green wavelength. FIG. 10D illustrates the nuclear mask 202 is eroded (reduced) once to define a nuclear sampling region 204 with minimal cytoplasmic distribution. The nucleus boundary 202 is dilated (expanded) several times to form a ring that is 2-3 pixels wide that is used to define the cytoplasmic sampling region 205 for the same cell. FIG. 10E further illustrates a side view which shows the nuclear sampling region 204 and the cytoplasmic sampling region 205. Using these two sampling regions, data on nuclear translocation can be automatically analyzed by the cell-based screening system on a cell by cell basis. FIGS. 10F-J illustrates the strategy for determining nuclear translocation in a stimulated cell. FIG. 10F illustrates a stimulated cell with its nucleus 206 labeled with a blue fluorophore and a transcription factor in the cytoplasm 207 labeled with a green fluorophore. The nuclear mask 208 in FIG. 10G is derived by the cell based screening system. FIG. 10H illustrates the cytoplasm 209 of a stimulated cell imaged at a green wavelength. FIG. 10I illustrates the nuclear sampling region 211 and cytoplasmic sampling region 212 of the stimulated cell. FIG. 10J further illustrates a side view which shows the nuclear sampling region 211 and the cytoplasmic sampling region 212.
  • A specific application of this method has been used to validate this method as a screen. A human cell line was plated in 96 well microtiter plates. Some rows of wells were titrated with agonist, a known inducer of a specific nuclear transcription factor. The cells were then fixed and stained by standard methods with a fluorescein labeled antibody to the transcription factor, and Hoechst 33423. The cell-based screening system was used to acquire and analyze images from this plate and the NucCyt Difference was found to be strongly correlated with the amount of agonist added to the wells as illustrated in FIG. 16. In a second experiment, an antagonist to the receptor for the agonist was titrated in the presence of agonist, progressively inhibiting agonist-induced translocation of the transcription factor. The NucCyt Difference was found to strongly correlate with this inhibition of translocation, as illustrated in FIG. 17. [0153]
  • Additional experiments have shown that the NucCyt Difference gives consistent results over a wide range of cell densities and reagent concentrations, and can therefore be routinely used to screen compound libraries for specific nuclear translocation activity. Furthermore, the same method can be used with antibodies to other transcription factors, or GFP-transcription factor chimeras, in living and fixed cells, to screen for effects on the regulation of transcription of this and other genes. [0154]
  • FIG. 18 is a representative display on a PC screen of data which was obtained in accordance with Example 1. [0155] Graph 1 180 plots the difference between the average antibody fluorescence in the nuclear sampling region and cytoplasmic sampling region, NucCyt Difference verses Well #. Graph 2 181 plots the average fluorescence of the antibody in the nuclear sampling region, NP1 average, versus the Well #. Graph 3 182 plots the average antibody fluorescence in the cytoplasmic sampling region, LIP1 average, versus Well #. The software permits displaying data from each cell. For example, FIG. 18 shows a screen display 183, the nuclear image 184, and the fluorescent antibody image 185 for cell #26.
  • NucCyt Difference referred to in [0156] graph 1 180 of FIG. 18 is the difference between the average cytoplasmic probe (fluorescent reporter molecule) intensity and the average nuclear probe (fluorescent reporter molecule) intensity. NP1 average referred to in graph 2 181 of FIG. 18 is the average of cyloplasmic probe (fluorescent reporter molecule) intensity within the nuclear sampling region. L1P1 average referred to in graph 3 182 of FIG. 18 is the average probe (fluorescent reporter molecule) intensity within the cytoplasmic sampling region.
  • EXAMPLE 2 Automated Screen for Compounds that Induce or Inhibit Hypertrophy in Cardiac Myocytes
  • Hypertrophy in cardiac myocytes has been associated with a cascade of alterations in gene expression and can be characterized in cell culture by an alteration in cell size, that is clearly visible in adherent cells growing on a coverslip. A screen is implemented using the following strategy. Myocyte cell line QM7 ([0157] Quail muscle clone 7; ATCC CRL-1962) cultured in 96 well plates, can be treated with various compounds and then fixed and labeled with a fluorescent antibody to a cell surface marker and a DNA label like Hoechst. After focusing on the Hoechst labeled nuclei, two images are acquired, one of the Hoechst labeled nuclei and one of the fluorescent antibody. The nuclei are identified by thresholding to create a mask and then comparing the morphological descriptors of the mask with a set of user defined descriptor values. Local regions containing cells are defined around the nuclei. The limits of the cells in those regions are then defined by a local dynamic threshold operation on the same region in the fluorescent antibody image. A sequence of erosions and dilations is used to separate slightly touching cells and a second set of morphological descriptors is used to identify single cells. The area of the individual cells is tabulated in order to define the distribution of cell sizes for comparison with size data from normal and hypertrophic cells. In addition, a second fluorescent antibody to a particular cellular protein, such as one of the major muscle proteins actin or myosin can be included. Images of this second antibody can be acquired and stored with the above images, for later review, to identify anomalies in the distribution of these proteins in hypertrophic cells, or algorithms can be developed to automatically analyze the distributions of the labeled proteins in these images.
  • EXAMPLE 3 Dual Mode High Throughput and High-Content Screen
  • The following example is a screen for activation of a G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR) as detected by the translocation of the GPCR from the plasma membrane to a proximal nuclear location. This example illustrates how a high throughput screen can be coupled with a high-content screen in the dual mode System for Cell Based Screening. [0158]
  • G-protein coupled receptors are a large class of 7 trans-membrane domain cell surface receptors. Ligands for these receptors stimulate a cascade of secondary signals in the cell, which may include, but are not limited to, Ca[0159] ++ transients, cyclic AMP production, inositol triphosphate (IP3) production and phosphorylation. Each of these signals are rapid, occuring in a matter of seconds to minutes, but are also generic. For example, many different GPCRs produce a secondary Ca++ signal when activated. Stimulation of a GPCR also results in the transport of that GPCR from the cell surface membrane to an internal, proximal nuclear compartment. This internalization is a much more receptor-specific indicator of activation of a particular receptor than are the secondary signals described above.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates a dual mode screen for activation of a GPCR. Cells carrying a stable chimera of the GPCR with a blue fluorescent protein (BFP) would be loaded with the acetoxymethylester form of Fluo-3, a cell permeable calcium indicator (green fluorescence) that is trapped in living cells by the hydrolysis of the esters. They would then be deposited into the wells of a [0160] microtiter plate 601. The wells would then be treated with an array of test compounds using a fluid delivery system, and a short sequence of Fluo-3 images of the whole microtiter plate would be acquired and analyzed for wells exhibiting a calcium response (i.e., high throughput mode). The images would appear like the illustration of the microtiter plate 601 in FIG. 19. A small number of wells, such as wells C4 and E9 in the illustration, would fluoresce more brightly due to the Ca++ released upon stimulation of the receptors. The locations of wells containing compounds that induced a response 602, would then be transferred to the HCS program and the optics switched for detailed cell by cell analysis of the blue fluorescence for evidence of GPCR translocation to the perinuclear region. The bottom of FIG. 19 illustrates the two possible outcomes of the analysis of the high resolution cell data. The camera images a sub-region 604 of the well area 603, producing images of the fluorescent cells 605. In well C4, the uniform distribution of the fluorescence in the cells indicates that the receptor has not internalized, implying that the Ca++ response seen was the result of the stimulation of some other signalling system in the cell. The cells in well E9 606 on the other hand, clearly indicate a concentration of the receptor in the perinuclear region clearly indicating the full activation of the receptor. Because only a few hit wells have to be analyzed with high resolution, the overall throughput of the dual mode system can be quite high, comparable to the high throughput system alone.
  • EXAMPLE 4 Kinetic High Content Screen
  • The following is an example of a screen to measure the kinetics of internalization of a receptor. As described above, the stimulation of a GPCR, results in the internalization of the receptor, with a time course of about 15 min. Simply detecting the endpoint as internalized or not, may not be sufficient for defining the potency of a compound as a GPCR agonist or antagonist. However, 3 time points at 5 min intervals would provide information not only about potency during the time course of measurement, but would also allow extrapolation of the data to much longer time periods. To perform this assay, the sub-region would be defined as two rows, the sampling interval as 5 minutes and the total number of time points 3. The system would then start by scanning two rows, and then adding reagent to the two rows, establishing the time=0 reference. After reagent addition, the system would again scan the two row sub-region acquiring the first time point data. Since this process would take about 250 seconds, including scanning back to the beginning of the sub-region, the system would wait 50 seconds to begin acquisition of the second time point. Two more cycles would produce the three time points and the system would move on to the second 2 row sub-region. The final two 2-row sub-regions would be scanned to finish all the wells on the plate, resulting in four time points for each well over the whole plate. Although the time points for the wells would be offset slightly relative to time=0, the spacing of the time points would be very close to the required 5 minutes, and the actual acquisition times and results recorded with much greater precision than in a fixed-cell screen. [0161]
  • EXAMPLE 5 High-Content Screen of Human Glucocorticoid Receptor Translocation
  • One class of HCS involves the drug-induced dynamic redistribution of intracellular constituents. The human glucocorticoid receptor (hGR), a single “sensor” in the complex environmental response machinery of the cell, binds steroid molecules that have diffused into the cell. The ligand-receptor complex translocates to the nucleus where transcriptional activation occurs (Htun et al., [0162] Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 93:4845, 1996).
  • In general, hormone receptors are excellent drug targets because their activity lies at the apex of key intracellular signaling pathways. Therefore, a high-content screen of hGR translocation has distinct advantage over in vitro ligand-receptor binding assays. The availability of up to two more channels of fluorescence in the cell screening system of the present invention permits the screen to contain two additional parameters in parallel, such as other receptors, other distinct targets or other cellular processes. [0163]
  • Plasmid Construct. [0164]
  • A eukaryotic expression plasmid containing a coding sequence for a green fluorescent protein—human glucocorticoid receptor (GFP-hGR) chimera was prepared using GFP mutants (Palm et al., [0165] Nat. Struct. Biol. 4:361 (1997). The construct was used to transfect a human cervical carcinoma cell line (HeLa).
  • Cell Preparation and Transfection. [0166]
  • HeLa cells (ATCC CCL-2) were trypsinized and plated using DMEM containing 5% charcoal/dextran-treated fetal bovine serum (FBS) (HyClone) and 1% penicillin-streptomycin (C-DMEM) 12-24 hours prior to transfection and incubated at 37° C. and 5% CO[0167] 2. Transfections were performed by calcium phosphate co-precipitation (Graham and Van der Eb, Virology 52:456, 1973; Sambrook et al., (1989). Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Second ed. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, 1989) or with Lipofectamine (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, Md.). For the calcium phosphate transfections, the medium was replaced, prior to transfection, with DMEM containing 5% charcoal/dextran-treated FBS. Cells were incubated with the calcium phosphate-DNA precipitate for 4-5 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO2, washed 3-4 times with DMEM to remove the precipitate, followed by the addition of C-DMEM.
  • Lipofectamine transfections were performed in serum-free DMEM without antibiotics according to the manufacturer's instructions (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, Md.). Following a 2-3 hour incubation with the DNA-liposome complexes, the medium was removed and replaced with C-DMEM. All transfected cells in 96-well microtiter plates were incubated at 33° C. and 5% CO[0168] 2 for 24-48 hours prior to drug treatment. Experiments were performed with the receptor expressed transiently in HeLa cells.
  • Dexamethasone Induction of GFP-hGR Translocation. [0169]
  • To obtain receptor-ligand translocation kinetic data, nuclei of transfected cells were first labeled with 5 μg/ml Hoechst 33342 (Molecular Probes) in C-DMEM for 20 minutes at 33° C. and 5% CO[0170] 2. Cells were washed once in Hank's Balanced Salt Solution (HBSS) followed by the addition of 100 nM dexamethasone in HBSS with 1% charcoal/dextran-treated FBS. To obtain fixed time point dexamethasone titration data, transfected HeLa cells were first washed with DMEM and then incubated at 33° C. and 5% CO2 for 1 h in the presence of 0-1000 nM dexamethasone in DMEM containing 1% charcoal/dextran-treated FBS. Cells were analyzed live or they were rinsed with HBSS, fixed for 15 min with 3.7% formaldehyde in HBSS, stained with Hoechst 33342, and washed before analysis. The intracellular GFP-hGR fluorescence signal was not diminished by this fixation procedure.
  • Image Acquisition and Analysis. [0171]
  • Kinetic data were collected by acquiring fluorescence image pairs (GFP-hGR and Hoechst 33342-labeled nuclei) from fields of living cells at 1 min intervals for 30 min after the addition of dexamethasone. Likewise, image pairs were obtained from each well of the fixed time point screening plates 1 h after the addition of dexamethasone. In both cases, the image pairs obtained at each time point were used to define nuclear and cytoplasmic regions in each cell. Translocation of GFP-hGR was calculated by dividing the integrated fluorescence intensity of GFP-hGR in the nucleus by the integrated fluorescence intensity of the chimera in the cytoplasm or as a nuclear-cytoplasmic difference of GFP fluorescence. In the fixed time point screen this translocation ratio was calculated from data obtained from at least 200 cells at each concentration of dexamethasone tested. Drug-induced translocation of GFP-hGR from the cytoplasm to the nucleus was therefore correlated with an increase in the translocation ratio. [0172]
  • Results. [0173]
  • FIG. 20 schematically displays the drug-induced [0174] cytoplasm 253 to nucleus 252 translocation of the human glucocorticoid receptor. The upper pair of schematic diagrams depicts the localization of GFP-hGR within the cell before 250(A) and after 251(B) stimulation with dexamethasone. Under these experimental conditions, the drug induces a large portion of the cytoplasmic GFP-hGR to translocate into the nucleus. This redistribution is quantified by determining the. integrated intensities ratio of the cytoplasmic and nuclear fluorescence in treated 255 and untreated 254 cells. The lower pair of fluorescence micrographs show the dynamic redistribution of GFP-hGR in a single cell, before 254 and after 255 treatment. The HCS is performed on wells containing hundreds to thousands of transfected cells and the translocation is quantified for each cell in the field exhibiting GFP fluorescence. Although the use of a stably transfected cell line would yield the most consistently labeled cells, the heterogeneous levels of GFP-hGR expression induced by transient transfection did not interfere with analysis by the cell screening system of the present invention.
  • To execute the screen, the cell screening system scans each well of the plate, images a population of cells in each, and analyzes cells individually. Here, two channels of fluorescence are used to define the cytoplasmic and nuclear distribution of the GFP-hGR within each cell. Depicted in FIG. 21 is the graphical user interface of the cell screening system near the end of a GFP-hGR screen. The user interface depicts the parallel data collection and analysis capability of the system. The windows labeled “Nucleus” [0175] 261 and “GFP-hGR” 262 show the pair of fluorescence images being obtained and analyzed in a single field. The window labeled “Color Overlay” 260 is formed by pseudocoloring the above images and merging them so the user can immediately identify cellular changes. Within the “Stored Object Regions” window 265 an image containing each analyzed cell and its neighbors is presented as it is archived. Furthermore, as the HCS data are being collected, they are analyzed, in this case for GFP-hGR translocation, and translated into an immediate “hit” response. The 96 well plate depicted in the lower window of the screen 267 shows which wells have met a set of user-defined screening. criteria For example, a white-colored well 269 indicates that the drug-induced translocation has exceeded a predetermined threshold value of 50%. On the other hand, a black-colored well 270 indicates that the drug being tested induced less than 10% translocation. Gray-colored wells 268 indicate “hits” where the translocation value fell between 10% and 50%. Row “E” on the 96 well plate being analyzed 266 shows a titration with a drug known to activate GFP-hGR translocation, dexamethasone. This example screen used only two fluorescence channels. Two additional channels (Channels 3 263 and 4 264) are available for parallel analysis of other specific targets, cell processes, or cytotoxicity to create multiple parameter screens.
  • There is a link between the image database and the information database that is a powerful tool during the validation process of new screens. At the completion of a screen, the user has total access to image and calculated data (FIG. 22). The comprehensive data analysis package of the cell screening system allows the user to examine HCS data at multiple levels. [0176] Images 276 and detailed data in a spread sheet 279 for individual cells can be viewed separately, or summary data can be plotted. For example, the calculated results of a single parameter for each cell in a 96 well plate are shown in the panel labeled Graph 1 275. By selecting a single point in the graph, the user can display the entire data set for a particular cell that is recalled from an existing database. Shown here are the image pair 276 and detailed fluorescence and morphometric data from a single cell (Cell #118, gray line 277). The large graphical insert 278 shows the results of dexamethasone concentration on the translocation of GFP-hGR. Each point is the average of data from at least 200 cells. The calculated EC50 for dexamethasone in this assay is 2 nM.
  • A powerful aspect of HCS with the cell screening system is the capability of kinetic measurements using multicolor fluorescence and morphometric parameters in living cells. Temporal and spatial measurements can be made on single cells within a population of cells in a field. FIG. 23 shows kinetic data for the dexamethasone-induced translocation of GFP-hGR in several cells within a single field. Human HeLa cells transfected with GFP-hGR were treated with 100 nM dexamethasone and the translocation of GFP-hGR was measured over time in a population of single cells. The graph shows the response of transfected [0177] cells 285, 286, 287, and 288 and non-transfected cells 289. These data also illustrate the ability to analyze cells with different expression levels.
  • Example 6 High-Content Screen of Drug-Induced Apoptosis
  • Apoptosis is a complex cellular program that involves myriad molecular events and pathways. To understand the mechanisms of drug action on this process, it is essential to measure as many of these events within cells as possible with temporal and spatial resolution. Therefore, an apoptosis screen that requires little cell sample preparation yet provides an automated readout of several apoptosis-related parameters would be ideal. A cell-based assay designed for the cell screening system has been used to simultaneously quantify several of the morphological, organellar, and macromolecular hallmarks of paclitaxel-induced apoptosis. [0178]
  • Cell Preparation. [0179]
  • The cells chosen for this study were mouse connective tissue fibroblasts (L-929; ATCC CCL-1) and a highly invasive glioblastoma cell line (SNB-19; ATCC CRL-2219) (Welch et al., [0180] In Vitro Cell. Dev. Biol. 31:610, 1995). The day before treatment with an apoptosis inducing drug, 3500 cells were placed into each well of a 96-well plate and incubated overnight at 37° C. in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere. The following day, the culture medium was removed from each well and replaced with fresh medium containing various concentrations of paclitaxel (0-50 μM) from a 20 mM stock made in DMSO. The maximal concentration of DMSO used in these experiments was 0.25%. The cells were then incubated for 26 h as above. At the end of the paclitaxel treatment period, each well received fresh medium containing 750 nM MitoTracker Red (Molecular Probes; Eugene, Oreg.) and 3 μg/ml Hoechst 33342 DNA-binding dye (Molecular Probes) and was incubated as above for 20 min. Each well on the plate was then washed with HBSS and fixed with 3.7% formaldehyde in HBSS for 15 min at room temperature. The formaldehyde was washed out with HBSS and the cells were permeabilized for 90 s with 0.5% (v/v) Triton X-100, washed with HBSS, incubated with 2 U m1−1 Bodipy FL phallacidin (Molecular Probes) for 30 min, and washed with HBSS. The wells on the plate were then filled with 200 μl HBSS, sealed, and the plate stored at 4° C. if necessary. The fluorescence signals from plates stored this way were stable for at least two weeks after preparation. As in the nuclear translocation assay, fluorescence reagents can be designed to convert this assay into a live cell high-content screen.
  • Image Acquisition and Analysis on the ArrayScan System. [0181]
  • The fluorescence intensity of intracellular MitoTracker Red, Hoechst 33342, and Bodipy FL phallacidin was measured with the cell screening system as described supra. Morphometric data from each pair of images obtained from each well was also obtained to detect each object in the image field (e.g., cells and nuclei), and to calculate its size, shape, and integrated intensity. [0182]
  • Calculations and Output. [0183]
  • A total of 50-250 cells were measured per image field. For each field of cells, the following calculations were performed: (1) The average nuclear area (μm[0184] 2) was calculated by dividing the total nuclear area in a field by the number of nuclei detected. (2) The average nuclear perimeter (μm) was calculated by dividing the sum of the perimeters of all nuclei in a field by the number of nuclei detected in that field. Highly convoluted apoptotic nuclei had the largest nuclear perimeter values. (3) The average nuclear brightness was calculated by dividing the integrated intensity of the entire field of nuclei by the number of nuclei in that field. An increase in nuclear brightness was correlated with increased DNA content. (4) The average cellular brightness was calculated by dividing the integrated intensity of an entire field of cells stained with MitoTracker dye by the number of nuclei in that field. Because the amount of MitoTracker dye that accumulates within the mitochondria is proportional to the mitochondrial potential, an increase in the average cell brightness is consistent with an increase in mitochondrial potential. (5) The average cellular brightness was also calculated by dividing the integrated intensity of an entire field of cells stained with Bodipy FL phallacidin dye by the number of nuclei in that field. Because the phallotoxins bind with high affinity to the polymerized form of actin, the amount of Bodipy FL phallacidin dye that accumulates within the cell is proportional to actin polymerization state. An increase in the average cell brightness is consistent with an increase in actin polymerization.
  • Results. [0185]
  • FIG. 24 (top panels) shows the changes paclitaxel induced in the nuclear morphology of L-929 cells. Increasing amounts of paclitaxel caused nuclei to enlarge and [0186] fragment 293, a hallmark of apoptosis. Quantitative analysis of these and other images obtained by the cell screening system is presented in the same figure. Each parameter measured showed that the L-929 cells 296 were less sensitive to low concentrations of paclitaxel than were SNB-19 cells 297. At higher concentrations though, the L-929 cells showed a response for each parameter measured. The multiparameter approach of this assay is useful in dissecting the mechanisms of drug action. For example, the area, brightness, and fragmentation of the nucleus 298 and actin polymerization values 294 reached a maximum value when SNB-19 cells were treated with 10 nM paclitaxel (FIG. 24; top and bottom graphs). However, mitochondrial potential 295 was minimal at the same concentration of paclitaxel (FIG. 24; middle graph). The fact that all the parameters measured approached control levels at increasing paclitaxel concentrations (>10 nM) suggests that SNB-19 cells have low affinity drug metabolic or clearance pathways that are compensatory at sufficiently high levels of the drug. Contrasting the drug sensitivity of SNB-19 cells 297 L-929 showed a different response to paclitaxel 296. These fibroblastic cells showed a maximal response in many parameters at 5 μM paclitaxel, a 500-fold higher dose than SNB-19 cells. Furthermore, the L-929 cells did not show a sharp decrease in mitochondrial potential 295 at any of the paclitaxel concentrations tested. This result is consistent with the presence of unique apoptosis pathways between a normal and cancer cell line. Therefore, these results indicate that a relatively simple fluorescence labeling protocol can be coupled with the cell screening system of the present invention to produce a high-content screen of key events involved in programmed cell death.
  • EXAMPLE 7 Protease Induced Translocation of a Signaling Enzyme Containing a Disease-Associated Sequence from Cytoplasm to Nucleus.
  • Plasmid Construct. [0187]
  • A eukaryotic expression plasmid containing a coding sequence for a green fluorescent protein—caspase (Cohen (1997), [0188] Biochemical J. 326:1-16; Liang et al. (1997), J. of Molec. Biol. 274:291-302) chimera is prepared using GFP mutants. The construct is used to transfect eukaryotic cells.
  • Cell Preparation and Transfection. [0189]
  • Cells are trypsinized and plated 24 h prior to transfection and incubated at 37° C. and 5% CO[0190] 2. Transfections are performed by methods including, but not limited to calcium phosphate coprecipitation or lipofection. Cells are incubated with the calcium phosphate-DNA precipitate for 4-5 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO2, washed 3-4 times with DMEM to remove the precipitate, followed by the addition of C-DMEM. Lipofectamine transfections are performed in serum-free DMEM without antibiotics according to the manufacturer's instructions. Following a 2-3 hour incubation with the DNA-liposome complexes, the medium is removed and replaced with C-DMEM.
  • Apopototic Induction of Caspase-GFP Translocation. [0191]
  • To obtain Caspase-GFP translocation kinetic data, nuclei of transfected cells are first labeled with 5 μg/ml Hoechst 33342 (Molecular Probes) in C-DMEM for 20 minutes at 37° C. and 5% CO[0192] 2. Cells are washed once in Hank's Balanced Salt Solution (HBSS) followed by the addition of compounds that induce apoptosis. These compounds include, but are not limited to paclitaxel, staurosporine, ceramide, and tumor necrosis factor. To obtain fixed time point titration data, transfected cells are first washed with DMEM and then incubated at 37° C. and 5% CO2 for 1 h in the presence of 0-1000 μM compound in DMEM. Cells are analyzed live or they are rinsed with HBSS, fixed for 15 min with 3.7% formaldehyde in HBSS, stained with Hoechst 33342, and washed before analysis.
  • Image Acquisition and Analysis. [0193]
  • Kinetic data are collected by acquiring fluorescence image pairs (Caspase-GFP and Hoechst 33342-labeled nuclei) from fields of living cells at 1 min intervals for 30 min after the addition of compound. Likewise, image pairs are obtained from each well of the fixed time point screening plates 1 h after the addition of compound. In both cases, the image pairs obtained at each time point are used to define nuclear and cytoplasmic regions in each cell. Translocation of Caspase-GFP is calculated by dividing the integrated fluorescence intensity of Caspase-GFP in the nucleus by the integrated fluorescence intensity of the chimera in the cytoplasm or as a nuclear-cytoplasmic difference of GFP fluorescence. In the fixed time point screen this translocation ratio is calculated from data obtained from at least 200 cells at each concentration of compound tested. Drug-induced translocation of Caspase-GFP from the cytoplasm to the nucleus is therefore correlated with an increase in the translocation ratio. Molecular interaction libraries including, but not limited to those comprising putative activators or inhibitors of apoptosis-activated enzymes are use to screen the indicator cell lines and identify a specific ligand for the DAS, and a pathway activated by compound activity. [0194]
  • EXAMPLE 8 Identification of Novel Steroid Receptors from DAS
  • Two sources of material and/or information are required to make use of this embodiment, which allows assessment of the function of an uncharacterized gene. First, disease associated sequence bank(s) containing cDNA sequences suitable for transfection into mammalian cells can be used. Because every RADE or differential expression experiment generates up to several hundred sequences, it is possible to generate an ample supply of DAS. Second, information from primary sequence database searches can be used to place DAS into broad categories, including, but not limited to, those that contain signal sequences, seven trans-membrane motifs, conserved protease active site domains, or other identifiable motifs. Based on the information acquired from these sources, algorithm types and indicator cell lines to be transfected are selected. A large number of motifs are already well characterized and encoded in the linear sequences contained within the large number genes in existing genomic databases. [0195]
  • In one embodiment, the following steps are taken: [0196]
  • 1) Information from the DAS identification experiment (including database searches) is used as the basis for selecting the relevant biological processes. (for example, look at the DAS from a tumor line for cell cycle modulation, apoptosis, metastatic proteases, etc.) [0197]
  • 2) Sorting of DNA sequences or DAS by identifiable motifs (ie. signal sequences, 7-transmembrane domains, conserved protease active site domains, etc.) This initial grouping will determine fluorescent tagging strategies, host cell lines, indicator cell lines, and banks of bioactive molecules to be screened, as described supra. [0198]
  • 3) Using well established molecular biology methods, ligate DAS into an expression vector designed for this purpose. Generalized expression vectors contain promoters, enhancers, and terminators for which to deliver target sequences to the cell for transient expression. Such vectors may also contain antibody tagging sequences, direct association sequences, chromophore fusion sequences like GFP, etc. to facilitate detection when expressed by the host. [0199]
  • 4) Transiently transfect cells with DAS containing vectors using standard transfection protocols including: calcium phosphate co-precipitation, liposome mediated, DEAE dextran mediated, polycationic mediated, viral mediated, or electroporation, and plate into microtiter plates or microwell arrays. Alternatively, transfection can be done directly in the microtiter plate itself [0200]
  • 5) Carry out the cell screening methods as described supra. [0201]
  • In this embodiment, DAS shown to possess a motif(s) suggestive of transcriptional activation potential (for example, DNA binding domain, amino terminal modulating domain, hinge region, or carboxy terminal ligand binding domain) are utilized to identify novel steroid receptors. [0202]
  • Defining the fluorescent tags for this experiment involves identification of the nucleus through staining, and tagging the DAS-by creating a GFP chimera via insertion of DAS into an expression vector, proximally fused to the gene encoding GFP. Alternatively, a single chain antibody fragment with high affinity to some portion of the expressed DAS could be constructed using technology available in the art (Cambridge Antibody Technologies) and linked to a fluorophore (FITC) to tag the putative transcriptional activator/receptor in the cells. This alternative would provide an external tag requiring no DNA transfection and therefore would be useful if distribution data were to be gathered from the original primary cultures used to generate the DAS. [0203]
  • Plasmid Construct. [0204]
  • A eukaryotic expression plasmid containing a coding sequence for a green fluorescent protein—DAS chimera is prepared using GFP mutants. The construct is used to transfect HeLa cells. The plasmid, when transfected into the host cell, produces a GFP fused to the DAS protein product, designated GFP-DASpp. [0205]
  • Cell Preparation and Transfection. [0206]
  • HeLa cells are trypsinized and plated using DMEM containing 5% charcoal/dextran-treated fetal bovine serum (FBS) (Hyclone) and 1% penicillin-streptomycin (C-DMEM) 12-24 hours prior to transfection and incubated at 37° C. and 5% CO[0207] 2. Transfections are performed by calcium phosphate coprecipitation or with Lipofectamine (Life Technologies). For the calcium phosphate transfections, the medium is replaced, prior to transfection, with DMEM containing 5% charcoal/dextran-treated FBS. Cells are incubated with the calcium phosphate-DNA precipitate for 4-5 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO2, and washed, 3-4 times with DMEM to remove the precipitate, followed by the addition of C-DMEM. Lipofectamine transfections are performed in serum-free DMEM without antibiotics according to the manufacturer's instructions. Following a 2-3 hour incubation with the DNA-liposome complexes, the medium is removed and replaced with C-DMEM. All transfected cells in 96-well microtiter plates are incubated at 33° C. and 5% CO2 for 24-48 hours prior to drug treatment. Experiments are performed with the receptor expressed transiently in HeLa cells.
  • Localization of Expressed GFP-DASpp Inside Cells. [0208]
  • To obtain cellular distribution data, nuclei of transfected cells are first labeled with 5 μg/ml Hoechst 33342 (Molecular Probes) in C-DMEM for 20 minutes at 33° C. and 5% CO[0209] 2. Cells are washed once in Hank's Balanced Salt Solution (HBSS). The cells are analyzed live or they are rinsed with HBSS, fixed for 15 min with 3.7% formaldehyde in HBSS, stained with Hoechst 33342, and washed before analysis.
  • In a preferred embodiment, image acquisition and analysis are performed using the cell screening system of the present invention. The intracellular GFP-DASpp fluorescence signal is collected by acquiring fluorescence image pairs (GFP-DASpp and Hoechst 33342-labeled nuclei) from field cells. The image pairs obtained at each time point are used to define nuclear and cytoplasmic regions in each cell. Data demonstrating dispersed signal in the cytoplasm would be consistent with known steroid receptors that are DNA transcriptional activators. [0210]
  • Screening for Induction of GFP-DASpp Translocation. [0211]
  • Using the above construct, confirmed for appropriate expression of the GFP-DASpp, as an indicator cell line, a screen of various ligands is performed using a series of steroid type ligands including, but not limited to: estrogen, progesterone, retinoids, growth factors, androgens, and many other steroid and steroid based molecules. Image acquisition and analysis are performed using the cell screening system of the invention. The intracellular GFP-DASpp fluorescence signal is collected by acquiring fluorescence image pairs (GFP-DASpp and Hoechst 33342-labeled nuclei) from fields cells. The image pairs obtained at each time point are used to define nuclear and cytoplasmic regions in each cell. Translocation of GFP-DASpp is calculated by dividing the integrated fluorescence intensity of GFP-DASpp in the nucleus by the integrated fluorescence intensity of the chimera in the cytoplasm or as a nuclear-cytoplasmic difference of GFP fluorescence. A translocation from the cytoplasm into the nucleus indicates a ligand binding activation of the DASpp thus identifying the potential receptor class and action. Combining this data with other data obtained in a similar fashion using known inhibitors and modifiers of steroid receptors, would either validate the DASpp as a target, or more data would be generated from various sources. [0212]
  • EXAMPLE 9 Additional Screens
  • Translocation between the plasma membrane and the cytoplasm: [0213]
  • Profilactin Complex Dissociation and Binding of Profilin to the Plasma Membrane. [0214]
  • In one embodiment, a fluorescent protein biosensor of profilin membrane binding is prepared by labeling purified profilin (Federov et al.(1994), [0215] J. Molec. Biol. 241:480-482; Lanbrechts et al. (1995), Eur. J. Biochem. 230:281-286) with a probe possessing a fluorescence lifetime in the range of 2-300 ns. The labeled profilin is introduced into living indicator cells using bulk loading methodology and the indicator cells are treated with test compounds. Fluorescence anisotropy imaging microscopy (Gough and Taylor (1993), J. Cell Biol. 121:1095-1107) is used to measure test-compound dependent movement of the fluorescent derivative of profilin between the cytoplasm and membrane for a period of time after treatment ranging from 0.1 s to 10 h.
  • Rho-RhoGDI Complex Translocation to the Membrane. [0216]
  • In another embodiment, indicator cells are treated with test compounds and then fixed, washed, and permeabilized. The indicator cell plasma membrane, cytoplasm, and nucleus are all labeled with distinctly colored markers followed by immunolocalization of Rho protein (Self et al. (1995), [0217] Methods in Enzymology 256:3-10; Tanaka et al. (1995), Methods in Enzymology 256:41-49) with antibodies labeled with a fourth color. Each of the four labels is imaged separately using the cell screening system, and the images used to calculate the amount of inhibition or activation of translocation effected by the test compound. To do this calculation, the images of the probes used to mark the plasma membrane and cytoplasm are used to mask the image of the immunological probe marking the location of intracellular Rho protein. The integrated brightness per unit area under each mask is used to form a translocation quotient by dividing the plasma membrane integrated brightness/area by the cytoplasmic integrated brightness/area. By comparing the translocation quotient values from control and experimental wells, the percent translocation is calculated for each potential lead compound.
  • β-Arrestin Translocation to the Plasma Membrane upon G-Protein Receptor Activation. [0218]
  • In another embodiment of a cytoplasm to membrane translocation high-content screen, the translocation of β-arrestin protein from the cytoplasm to the plasma membrane is measured in response to cell treatment. To measure the translocation, living indicator cells containing luminescent domain markers are treated with test compounds and the movement of the β-arrestin marker is measured in time and space using the cell screening system of the present invention. In a preferred embodiment, the indicator cells contain luminescent markers consisting of a green fluorescent protein β-arrestin (GFP-β-arrestin) protein chimera (Barak et al. (1997), [0219] J. Biol. Chem. 272:27497-27500; Daaka et al. (1998), J. Biol. Chem. 273:685-688) that is expressed by the indicator cells through the use of transient or stable cell transfection and other reporters used to mark cytoplasmic and membrane domains. When the indicator cells are in the resting state, the domain marker molecules partition predominately in the plasma membrane or in the cytoplasm. In the high-content screen, these markers are used to delineate the cell cytoplasm and plasma membrane in distinct channels of fluorescence. When the indicator cells are treated with a test compound, the dynamic redistribution of the GFP-β-arrestin is recorded as a series of images over a time scale ranging from 0.1 s to 10 h. In a preferred embodiment, the time scale is 1 h. Each image is analyzed by a method that quantifies the movement of the GFP-β-arrestin protein chimera between the plasma membrane and the cytoplasm. To do this calculation, the images of the probes used to mark the plasma membrane and cytoplasm are used to mask the image of the GFP-β-arrestin probe marking the location of intracellular GFP-β-arrestin protein. The integrated brightness per unit area under each mask is used to form a translocation quotient by dividing the plasma membrane integrated brightness/area by the cytoplasmic integrated brightness/area. By comparing the translocation quotient values from control and experimental wells, the percent translocation is calculated for each potential lead compound. The output of the high-content screen relates quantitative data describing the magnitude of the translocation within a large number of individual cells that have been treated with test compounds of interest.
  • Translocation between the Endoplasmic Reticulum and the Golgi: [0220]
  • In one embodiment of an endoplasmic reticulum to Golgi translocation high-content screen, the translocation of a VSVG protein from the ts045 mutant strain of vesicular stomatitis virus (Ellenberg et al. (1997), [0221] J. Cell Biol. 138:1193-1206; Presley et al. (1997) Nature 389:81-85) from the endoplasmic reticulum to the Golgi domain is measured in response to cell treatment. To measure the translocation, indicator cells containing luminescent reporters are treated with test compounds and the movement of the reporters is measured in space and time using the cell screening system of the present invention. The indicator cells contain luminescent reporters consisting of a GFP-VSVG protein chimera that is expressed by the indicator cell through the use of transient or stable cell transfection and other domain markers used to measure the localization of the endoplasmic reticulum and Golgi domains. When the indicator cells are in their resting state at 40° C., the GFP-VSVG protein chimera molecules are partitioned predominately in the endoplasmic reticulum. In this high-content screen, domain markers of distinct colors used to delineate the endoplasmic reticulum and the Golgi domains in distinct channels of fluorescence. When the indicator cells are treated with a test compound and the temperature is simultaneously lowered to 32° C., the dynamic redistribution of the GFP-VSVG protein chimera is recorded as a series of images over a time scale ranging from 0.1 s to 10 h. Each image is analyzed by a method that quantifies the movement of the GFP-VSVG protein chimera between the endoplasmic reticulum and the Golgi domains. To do this calculation, the images of the probes used to mark the endoplasmic reticulum and the Golgi domains are used to mask the image of the GFP-VSVG probe marking the location of intracellular GFP-VSVG protein. The integrated brightness per unit area under each mask is used to form a translocation quotient by dividing the endoplasmic reticulum integrated brightness/area by the Golgi integrated brightness/area. By comparing the translocation quotient values from control and experimental wells, the percent translocation is calculated for each potential lead compound. The output of the high-content screen relates quantitative data describing the magnitude of the translocation within a large number of individual cells that have been treated with test compounds of interest at final concentrations ranging from 10−12 M to 10−3 M for a period ranging from 1 min to 10 h.
  • Induction and Inhibition of Organellar Function: [0222]
  • Intracellular microtubule stability. In one embodiment of an organellar function high-content screen, the assembly state of intracellular microtubules is measured in response to cell treatment. To measure microtubule assembly state, indicator cells containing luminescent reporters are treated with test compounds and the distribution of the reporters is measured in space and time using the cell screening system of the present invention. [0223]
  • In a preferred embodiment, the reporter of intracellular microtubule assembly is MAP 4 (Bulinski et al. (1997), [0224] J. Cell Science 110:3055-3064), a ubiquitous microtubule associated protein that is known to interact with microtubules in interphase and mitotic cells. The indicator cells contain luminescent reporters consisting of a GFP-MAP 4 chimera that is expressed by the indicator cells through the use of transient or stable cell transfection and other reporters are used to measure the localization of the cytoplasmic and membrane components. A GFP-MAP 4 construct is prepared as follows: PCR amplification of native or mutant GFP molecules using primers to introduce restriction enzyme sites is performed. The PCR product is ligated into the MAP 4 cDNA within a eukaryotic expression vector. Indicator cells are then transfected with the expression vector to produce either transiently or stably transfected indicator cells.
  • Indicator cells are treated with test compounds at final concentrations ranging from 10[0225] −12 M to 10−3 M for a period ranging from 1 min to 10 h. Growth medium containing labeling reagent to mark the nucleus and the cytoplasm are added. After incubation, the cells are washed with Hank's balanced salt solution (HBSS), fixed with 3.7% formaldehyde for 10 min at room temperature, and washed and stored in HBSS.
  • Image data are obtained from both fixed and living indicator cells. To extract morphometric data from each of the images obtained the following method of analysis is used: [0226]
  • 1. Threshold each nucleus and cytoplasmic image to produce a mask that has value=0 for each pixel outside a nucleus or cell boundary. [0227]
  • 2. Overlay the mask on the original image, detect each object in the field (i.e., nucleus or cell), and calculate its size, shape, and integrated intensity. [0228]
  • 3. Overlay the whole cell mask obtained above on the corresponding GFP-[0229] MAP 4 image and use an automated measurement of edge strength routine (Kolega et al. (1993). BioImaging 1:136-150) to calculate the total edge strength within each cell. To normalize for cell size, the total edge strength is divided by the cell area to give a “fibrousness” value. Large fibrousness values are associated with strong edge strength values and are therefore maximal in cells containing distinct microtubule structures. Likewise, small fibrousness values are associated with weak edge strength and are minimal in cells with depolymerized microtubules. The physiological range of fibrousness values is set by treating cells with either the microtubule stabilizing drug paclitaxel (10 μM) or the microtubule depolymerizing drug nocodazole (10 μg/ml).
  • High-Content Screens Involving the Functional Localization of Macromolecules [0230]
  • Within this class of high-content screen, the functional localization of macromolecules in response to external stimuli is measured within living cells. [0231]
  • Glycolytic Enzyme Activity Regulation. [0232]
  • In a preferred embodiment of a cellular enzyme activity high-content screen, the activity of key glycolytic regulatory enzymes are measured in treated cells. To measure enzyme activity, indicator cells containing luminescent labeling reagents are treated with test compounds and the activity of the reporters is measured in space and time using cell screening system of the present invention. [0233]
  • In one embodiment, the reporter of intracellular enzyme activity is fructose-6-phosphate, 2-kinase/fructose-2,6-bisphosphatase (PFK-2), a regulatory enzyme whose phosphorylation state indicates intracellular carbohydrate anabolism or catabolism (Deprez et al. (1997) [0234] J. Biol. Chem. 272:17269-17275; Kealer et al. (1996) FEBS Letters 395:225-227; Lee et al. (1996), Biochemistry 35:6010-6019). The indicator cells contain luminescent reporters consisting of a fluorescent protein biosensor of PFK-2 phosphorylation. The fluorescent protein biosensor is constructed by introducing an environmentally sensitive fluorescent dye near to the known phosphorylation site of the enzyme (Deprez et al. (1997), supra; Giuliano et al. (1995), supra). The dye can be of the ketocyanine class (Kessler and Wolfbeis (1991), Spectrochimica Acta 47A:187-192) or any class that contains a protein reactive moiety and a fluorochrome whose excitation or emission spectrum is sensitive to solution polarity. The fluorescent protein biosensor is introduced into the indicator cells using bulk loading methodology.
  • Living indicator cells are treated with test compounds, at final concentrations ranging from 10[0235] −12 M to 10−3 M for times ranging from 0.1 s to 10 h. In a preferred embodiment, ratio image data are obtained from living treated indicator cells by collecting a spectral pair of fluorescence images at each time point. To extract morphometric data from each time point, a ratio is made between each pair of images by numerically dividing the two spectral images at each time point, pixel by pixel. Each pixel value is then used to calculate the fractional phosphorylation of PFK-2. At small fractional values of phosphorylation, PFK-2 stimulates carbohydrate catabolism. At high fractional values of phosphorylation, PFK-2 stimulates carbohydrate anabolism.
  • Protein Kinase A Activity and Localization of Subunits. [0236]
  • In another embodiment of a high-content screen, both the domain localization and activity of protein kinase A (PKA) within indicator cells are measured in response to treatment with test compounds. [0237]
  • The indicator cells contain luminescent reporters including a fluorescent protein biosensor of PKA activation. The fluorescent protein biosensor is constructed by introducing an environmentally sensitive fluorescent dye into the catalytic subunit of PKA near the site known to interact with the regulatory subunit of PKA (Harootunian et al. (1993), [0238] Mol. Biol. of the Cell 4:993-1002; Johnson et al. (1996), Cell 85:149-158; Giuliano et al. (1995), supra). The dye can be of the ketocyanine class (Kessler, and Wolfbeis (1991), Spectrochimica Acta 47A:187-192) or any class that contains a protein reactive moiety and a fluorochrome whose excitation or emission spectrum is sensitive to solution polarity. The fluorescent protein biosensor of PKA activation is introduced into the indicator cells using bulk loading methodology.
  • In one embodiment, living indicator cells are treated with test compounds, at final concentrations ranging from 10[0239] −12 M to 10−3 M for times ranging from 0.1 s to 10 h. In a preferred embodiment, ratio image data are obtained from living treated indicator cells. To extract biosensor data from each time point, a ratio is made between each pair of images, and each pixel value is then used to calculate the fractional activation of PKA (e.g., separation of the catalytic and regulatory subunits after cAMP binding). At high fractional values of activity, PFK-2 stimulates biochemical cascades within the living cell.
  • To measure the translocation of the catalytic subunit of PKA, indicator cells containing luminescent reporters are treated with test compounds and the movement of the reporters is measured in space and time using the cell screening system. The indicator cells contain luminescent reporters consisting of domain markers used to measure the localization of the cytoplasmic and nuclear domains. When the indicator cells are treated with a test compounds, the dynamic redistribution of a PKA fluorescent protein biosensor is recorded intracellularly as a series of images over a time scale ranging from 0.1 s to 10 h. Each image is analyzed by a method that quantifies the movement of the PKA between the cytoplasmic and nuclear domains. To do this calculation, the images of the probes used to mark the cytoplasmic and nuclear domains are used to mask the image of the PKA fluorescent protein biosensor. The integrated brightness per unit area under each mask is used to form a translocation quotient by dividing the cytoplasmic integrated brightness/area by the nuclear integrated brightness/area. By comparing the translocation quotient values from control and experimental wells, the percent translocation is calculated for each potential lead compound. The output of the high-content screen relates quantitative data describing the magnitude of the translocation within a large number of individual cells that have been treated with test compound in the concentration range of 10[0240] −12 M to 10−3 M.
  • High-content Screens Involving the Induction or Inhibition of Gene Expression RNA-based-fluorescent Biosensors [0241]
  • Cytoskeletal Protein Transcription and Message Localization. [0242]
  • Regulation of the general classes of cell physiological responses including cell-substrate adhesion, cell-cell adhesion, signal transduction, cell-cycle events, intermediary and signaling molecule metabolism, cell locomotion, cell-cell communication, and cell death can involve the alteration of gene expression. High-content screens can also be designed to measure this class of physiological response. [0243]
  • In one embodiment, the reporter of intracellular gene expression is an oligonucleotide that can hybridize with the target mRNA and alter its fluorescence signal. In a preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotide is a molecular beacon (Tyagi and Kramer (1996) [0244] Nat. Biotechnol. 14:303-308), a luminescence-based reagent whose fluorescence signal is dependent on intermolecular and intramolecular interactions. The fluorescent biosensor is constructed by introducing a fluorescence energy transfer pair of fluorescent dyes. such that there is one at each end (5′ and 3′) of the reagent. The dyes can be of any class that contains a protein reactive moiety and fluorochromes whose excitation and emission spectra overlap sufficiently to provide fluorescence energy transfer between the dyes in the resting state, including, but not limited to, fluorescein and rhodamine (Molecular Probes, Inc.). In a preferred embodiment, a portion of the message coding for β-actin (Kislauskis et al. (1994), J. Cell Biol. 127:441-451; McCann et al. (1997), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 94:5679-5684; Sutoh (1982), Biochemistry 21:3654-3661) is inserted into the loop region of a hairpin-shaped oligonucleotide with the ends tethered together due to intramolecular hybridization. At each end of the biosensor a fluorescence donor (fluorescein) and a fluorescence acceptor (rhodamine) are covalently bound. In the tethered state, the fluorescence energy transfer is maximal and therefore indicative of an unhybridized molecule. When hybridized with the mRNA coding for β-actin, the tether is broken and energy transfer is lost. The complete fluorescent biosensor is introduced into the indicator cells using bulk loading methodology.
  • In one embodiment, living indicator cells are treated with test compounds, at final concentrations ranging from 10[0245] −12 M to 10−3 M for times ranging from 0.1 s to 10 h. In a preferred embodiment, ratio image data are obtained from living treated indicator cells. To extract morphometric data from each time point, a ratio is made between each pair of images, and each pixel value is then used to calculate the fractional hybridization of the labeled nucleotide. At small fractional values of hybridization little expression of β-actin is indicated. At high fractional values of hybridization, maximal expression of β-actin is indicated. Furthermore, the distribution of hybridized molecules within the cytoplasm of the indicator cells is also a measure of the physiological response of the indicator cells.
  • Cell Surface Binding of a Ligand [0246]
  • Labeled Insulin Binding to its Cell Surface Receptor in Living Cells. [0247]
  • Cells whose plasma membrane domain has been labeled with a labeling reagent of a particular color are incubated with a solution containing insulin molecules (Lee et al. (1997), [0248] Biochemistry 36:2701-2708; Martinez-Zaguilan et al. (1996), Am. J. Physiol. 270:C1438-C1446) that are labeled with a luminescent probe of a different color for an appropriate time under the appropriate conditions. After incubation, unbound insulin molecules are washed away, the cells fixed and the distribution and concentration of the insulin on the plasma membrane is measured. To do this, the cell membrane image is used as a mask for the insulin image. The integrated intensity from the masked insulin image is compared to a set of images containing known amounts of labeled insulin. The amount of insulin bound to the cell is determined from the standards and used in conjunction with the total concentration of insulin incubated with the cell to calculate a dissociation constant or insulin to its cell surface receptor.
  • Labeling of Cellular Compartments [0249]
  • Whole Cell Labeling [0250]
  • Whole cell labeling is accomplished by labeling cellular components such that dynamics of cell shape and motility of the cell can be measured over time by analyzing fluorescence images of cells. [0251]
  • In one embodiment, small reactive fluorescent molecules are introduced into living cells. These membrane-permeant molecules both diffuse through and react with protein components in the plasma membrane. Dye molecules react with intracellular molecules to both increase the fluorescence signal emitted from each molecule and to entrap the fluorescent dye within living cells. These molecules include reactive chloromethyl derivatives of aminocoumarins, hydroxycoumarins, eosin diacetate, fluorescein diacetate, some Bodipy dye derivatives, and tetramethylrhodamine. The reactivity of these dyes toward macromolecules includes free primary amino groups and free sulfhydryl groups. [0252]
  • In another embodiment, the cell surface is labeled by allowing the cell to interact with fluorescently labeled antibodies or lectins (Sigma Chemical Company, St. Louis, Mo.) that react specifically with molecules on the cell surface. Cell surface protein chimeras expressed by the cell of interest that contain a green fluorescent protein, or mutant thereof, component can also be used to fluorescently label the entire cell surface. Once the entire cell is labeled, images of the entire cell or cell array can become a parameter in high content screens, involving the measurement of cell shape, motility, size, and growth and division. [0253]
  • Plasma Membrane Labeling [0254]
  • In one embodiment, labeling the whole plasma membrane employs some of the same methodology described above for labeling the entire cells. Luminescent molecules that label the entire cell surface act to delineate the plasma membrane. [0255]
  • In a second embodiment subdomains of the plasma membrane, the extracellular surface, the lipid bilayer, and the intracellular surface can be labeled separately and used as components of high content screens. In the first embodiment, the extracellular surface is labeled using a brief treatment with a reactive fluorescent molecule such as the succinimidyl ester or iodoacetamde derivatives of fluorescent dyes such as the fluoresceins, rhodamines, cyanines, and Bodipys. [0256]
  • In a third embodiment, the extracellular surface is labeled using fluorescently labeled macromolecules with a high affinity for cell surface molecules. These include fluorescently labeled lectins such as the fluorescein, rhodamine, and cyanine derivatives of lectins derived from jack bean (Con A), red kidney bean (erythroagglutinin PHA-E), or wheat germ. [0257]
  • In a fourth embodiment, fluorescently labeled antibodies with a high affinity for cell surface components are used to label the extracellular region of the plasma membrane. Extracellular regions of cell surface receptors and ion channels are examples of proteins that can be labeled with antibodies. [0258]
  • In a fifth embodiment, the lipid bilayer of the plasma membrane is labeled with fluorescent molecules. These molecules include fluorescent dyes attached to long chain hydrophobic molecules that interact strongly with the hydrophobic region in the center of the plasma membrane lipid bilayer. Examples of these dyes include the PKH series of dyes (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,783,401, 4,762,701, and 4,859,584; available commercially from Sigma Chemical Company, St. Loius, Mo.), fluorescent phospholipids such as nitrobenzoxadiazole glycerophosphoethanolamine and fluorescein-derivatized dihexadecanoylglycerophosphoetha-nolamine, fluorescent fatty acids such as 5-butyl-4,4-difluoro-4-bora-3a,4a-diaza-s-indacene-3-nonanoic acid and 1-pyrenedecanoic acid (Molecular Probes, Inc.), fluorescent [0259] sterols including cholesteryl 4,4-difluoro-5,7-dimethyl-4-bora-3a,4a-diaza-s-indacene-3-dodecanoate and cholesteryl 1-pyrenehexanoate, and fluorescently labeled proteins that interact specifically with lipid bilayer components such as the fluorescein derivative of annexin V (Caltag Antibody Co, Burlingame, Calif.).
  • In another embodiment, the intracellular component of the plasma membrane is labeled with fluorescent molecules. Examples of these molecules are the intracellular components of the trimeric G-protein receptor, adenylyl cyclase, and ionic transport proteins. These molecules can be labeled as a result of tight binding to a fluorescently labeled specific antibody or by the incorporation of a fluorescent protein chimera that is comprised of a membrane-associated protein and the green fluorescent protein, and mutants thereof. [0260]
  • Endosome Fluorescence Labeling [0261]
  • In one embodiment, ligands that are transported into cells by receptor-mediated endocytosis are used to trace the dynamics of endosomal organelles. Examples of labeled ligands include Bodipy FL-labeled low density lipoprotein complexes, tetramethylrhodamine transferrin analogs, and fluorescently labeled epidermal growth factor (Molecular Probes, Inc.) [0262]
  • In a second embodiment, fluorescently labeled primary or secondary antibodies (Sigma Chemical Co. St. Louis, Mo.; Molecular Probes, Inc. Eugene, Oreg.; Caltag Antibody Co.) that specifically label endosomal ligands are used to mark the endosomal compartment in cells. [0263]
  • In a third embodiment, endosomes are fluorescently labeled in cells expressing protein chimeras formed by fusing a green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, with a receptor whose internalization labels endosomes. Chimeras of the EGF, transferrin, and low density lipoprotein receptors are examples of these molecules. [0264]
  • Lysosome Labeling [0265]
  • In one embodiment, membrane permeant lysosome-specific luminescent reagents are used to label the lysosomal compartment of living and fixed cells. These reagents include the luminescent molecules neutral red, N-(3-((2,4-dinitrophenyl)amino)propyl)-N(3-aminopropyl)methylamine, and the LysoTracker probes which report intralysosomal pH as well as the dynamic distribution of lysosomes (Molecular Probes, Inc.) [0266]
  • In a second embodiment, antibodies against lysosomal antigens (Sigma Chemical Co.; Molecular Probes, Inc.; Caltag Antibody Co.) are used to label lysosomal components that are localized in specific lysosomal domains. Examples of these components are the degradative enzymes involved in cholesterol ester hydrolysis, membrane protein proteases, and nucleases as well as the ATP-driven lysosomal proton pump. [0267]
  • In a third embodiment, protein chimeras consisting of a lysosomal protein genetically fused to an intrinsically luminescent protein such as the green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, are used to label the lysosomal domain. Examples of these components are the degradative enzymes involved in cholesterol ester hydrolysis, membrane protein proteases, and nucleases as well as the ATP-driven lysosomal proton pump. [0268]
  • Cytoplasmic Fluorescence Labeling [0269]
  • In one embodiment, cell permeant fluorescent dyes (Molecular Probes, Inc.) with a reactive group are reacted with living cells. Reactive dyes including monobromobimane, 5-chloromethylfluorescein diacetate, carboxy fluorescein diacetate succinimidyl ester, and chloromethyl tetramethylrhodamine are examples of cell permeant fluorescent dyes that are used for long term labeling of the cytoplasm of cells. [0270]
  • In a second embodiment, polar tracer molecules such as Lucifer yellow and cascade blue-based fluorescent dyes (Molecular Probes, Inc.) are introduced into cells using bulk loading methods and are also used for cytoplasmic labeling. [0271]
  • In a third embodiment, antibodies against cytoplasmic components (Sigma Chemical Co.; Molecular Probes, Inc.; Caltag Antibody Co.) are used to fluorescently label the cytoplasm. Examples of cytoplasmic antigens are many of the enzymes involved in intermediary metabolism. Enolase, phosphofructokinase, and acetyl-CoA dehydrogenase are examples of uniformly distributed cytoplasmic antigens. [0272]
  • In a fourth embodiment, protein chimeras consisting of a cytoplasmic protein genetically fused to an intrinsically luminescent protein such as the green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, are used to label the cytoplasm. Fluorescent chimeras of uniformly distributed proteins are used to label the entire cytoplasmic domain. Examples of these proteins are many of the proteins involved in intermediary metabolism and include enolase, lactate dehydrogenase, and hexokinase. [0273]
  • In a fifth embodiment, antibodies against cytoplasmic antigens (Sigma Chemical Co.; Molecular Probes, Inc.; Caltag Antibody Co.) are used to label cytoplasmic components that are localized in specific cytoplasmic sub-domains. Examples of these components are the cytoskeletal proteins actin, tubulin, and cytokeratin. A population of these proteins within cells is assembled into discrete structures, which in this case, are fibrous. Fluorescence labeling of these proteins with antibody-based reagents therefore labels a specific sub-domain of the cytoplasm. [0274]
  • In a sixth embodiment, non-antibody-based fluorescently labeled molecules that interact strongly with cytoplasmic proteins are used to label specific cytoplasmic components. One example is a fluorescent analog of the enzyme DNAse I (Molecular Probes, Inc.) Fluorescent analogs of this enzyme bind tightly and specifically to cytoplasmic actin, thus labeling a sub-domain of the cytoplasm. In another example, fluorescent analogs of the mushroom toxin phalloidin or the drug paclitaxel (Molecular Probes, Inc.) are used to label components of the actin- and microtubule-cytoskeletons, respectively. [0275]
  • In a seventh embodiment, protein chimeras consisting of a cytoplasmic protein genetically fused to an intrinsically luminescent protein such as the green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, are used to label specific domains of the cytoplasm. Fluorescent chimeras of highly localized proteins are used to label cytoplasmic subdomains. Examples of these proteins are many of the proteins involved in regulating the cytoskeleton. They include the structural proteins actin, tubulin, and cytokeratin as well as the regulatory proteins microtubule associated [0276] protein 4 and α-actinin.
  • Nuclear Labeling [0277]
  • In one embodiment, membrane permeant nucleic-acid-specific luminescent reagents (Molecular Probes, Inc.) are used to label the nucleus of living and fixed cells. These reagents include cyanine-based dyes (e.g., TOTO®, YOYO®, and BOBO™), phenanthidines and acridines (e.g., ethidium bromide, propidium iodide, and acridine orange), indoles and imidazoles (e.g., Hoechst 33258, [0278] Hoechst 33342, and 4′,6-diamidino-2-phenylindole), and other similar reagents (e.g., 7-aminoactinomycin D, hydroxystilbamidine, and the psoralens).
  • In a second embodiment, antibodies against nuclear antigens (Sigma Chemical Co.; Molecular Probes, Inc.; Caltag Antibody Co.) are used to label nuclear components that are localized in specific nuclear domains. Examples of these components are the macromolecules involved in maintaining DNA structure and function. DNA, RNA, histones, DNA polymerase, RNA polymerase, lamins, and nuclear variants of cytoplasmic proteins such as actin are examples of nuclear antigens. [0279]
  • In a third embodiment, protein chimeras consisting of a nuclear protein genetically fused to an intrinsically luminescent protein such as the green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, are used to label the nuclear domain. Examples of these proteins are many of the proteins involved in maintaining DNA structure and function. Histones, DNA polymerase, RNA polymerase, lamins, and nuclear variants of cytoplasmic proteins such as actin are examples of nuclear proteins. [0280]
  • Mitochondrial Labeling [0281]
  • In one embodiment, membrane permeant mitochondrial-specific luminescent reagents (Molecular Probes, Inc.) are used to label the mitochondria of living and fixed cells. These reagents include rhodamine 123, tetramethyl rosamine, JC-1, and the MitoTracker reactive dyes. [0282]
  • In a second embodiment, antibodies against mitochondrial antigens (Sigma Chemical Co.; Molecular Probes, Inc.; Caltag Antibody Co.) are used to label mitochondrial components that are localized in specific mitochondrial domains. Examples of these components are the macromolecules involved in maintaining mitochondrial DNA structure and function. DNA, RNA, histones, DNA polymerase, RNA polymerase, and mitochondrial variants of cytoplasmic macromolecules such as mitochondrial tRNA and rRNA are examples mitochondrial antigens. Other examples of mitochondrial antigens are the components of the oxidative phosphorylation system found in the mitochondria (e.g., cytochrome c, cytochrome c oxidase, and succinate dehydrogenase). [0283]
  • In a third embodiment, protein chimeras consisting of a mitochondrial protein genetically fused to an intrinsically luminescent protein such as the green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, are used to label the mitochondrial domain. Examples of these components are the macromolecules involved in maintaining mitochondrial DNA structure and function. Examples include histones, DNA polymerase, RNA polymerase, and the components of the oxidative phosphorylation system found in the mitochondria (e.g., cytochrome c, cytochrome c oxidase, and succinate dehydrogenase). [0284]
  • Endoplasmic Reticulum Labeling [0285]
  • In one embodiment, membrane permeant endoplasmic reticulum-specific luminescent reagents (Molecular Probes, Inc.) are used to label the endoplasmic reticulum of living and fixed cells. These reagents include short chain carbocyanine dyes (e.g., DiOC[0286] 6 and DiOC3), long chain carbocyanine dyes (e.g., DiIC16 and DiIC18), and luminescently labeled lectins such as concanavalin A.
  • In a second embodiment, antibodies against endoplasmic reticulum antigens (Sigma Chemical Co.; Molecular Probes, Inc.; Caltag Antibody Co.) are used to label endoplasmic reticulum components that are localized in specific endoplasmic reticulum domains. Examples of these components are the macromolecules involved in the fatty acid elongation systems, glucose-6-phosphatase, and HMG CoA-reductase. [0287]
  • In a third embodiment, protein chimeras consisting of a endoplasmic reticulum protein genetically fused to an intrinsically luminescent protein such as the green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, are used to label the endoplasmic reticulum domain. Examples of these components are the macromolecules involved in the fatty acid elongation systems, glucose-6-phosphatase, and HMG CoA-reductase. [0288]
  • Golgi Labeling [0289]
  • In one embodiment, membrane permeant Golgi-specific luminescent reagents (Molecular Probes, Inc.) are used to label the Golgi of living and fixed cells. These reagents include luminescently labeled macromolecules such as wheat germ agglutinin and Brefeldin A as well as luminescently labeled ceramide. [0290]
  • In a second embodiment, antibodies against Golgi antigens (Sigma Chemical Co.; Molecular Probes, Inc.; Caltag Antibody Co.) are used to label Golgi components that are localized in specific Golgi domains. Examples of these components are N-acetylglucosamine phosphotransferase, Golgi-specific phosphodiesterase, and mannose-6-phosphate receptor protein. [0291]
  • In a third embodiment, protein chimeras consisting of a Golgi protein genetically fused to an intrinsically luminescent protein such as the green fluorescent protein, or mutants thereof, are used to label the Golgi domain. Examples of these components are N-acetylglucosamine phosphotransferase, Golgi-specific phosphodiesterase, and mannose-6-phosphate receptor protein. [0292]
  • While many of the examples presented involve the measurement of single cellular processes, this is again is intended for purposes of illustration only. Multiple parameter high-content screens can be produced by combining several single parameter screens into a multiparameter high-content screen or by adding cellular parameters to any existing high-content screen. Furthermore, while each example is described as being based on either live or fixed cells, each high-content screen can be designed to be used with both live and fixed cells. [0293]
  • Those skilled in the art will recognize a wide variety of distinct screens that can be developed based on the disclosure provided herein. There is a large and growing list of known biochemical and molecular processes in cells that involve translocations or reorganizations of specific components within cells. The signaling pathway from the cell surface to target sites within the cell involves the translocation of plasma membrane-associated proteins to the cytoplasm. For example, it is known that one of the src family of protein tyrosine kinases, pp60c-src (Walker et al (1993), [0294] J. Biol. Chem. 268:19552-19558) translocates from the plasma membrane to the cytoplasm upon stimulation of fibroblasts with platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF). Additionally, the targets for screening can themselves be converted into fluorescence-based reagents that report molecular changes including ligand-binding and post-translocational modifications.

Claims (43)

What is claimed is:
1. A method for analyzing cells comprising:
(a) providing an array of locations which contain multiple cells wherein the cells contain one or more fluorescent reporter molecules;
(b) scanning multiple cells in each of the locations containing cells to obtain fluorescent signals from the fluorescent reporter molecule in the cells;
(c) converting the fluorescent signals into digital data; and
(d) utilizing the digital data to determine the distribution, environment or activity of the fluorescent reporter molecules within the cells.
2. The method of claim 1 wherein the array of locations are wells in a microtiter plate.
3. The method of claim 1 wherein the array of locations are microwells on a microplate.
4. The method of claim 1 wherein the fluorescent reporter is added to the cell.
5. The method of claim 1 wherein the fluorescent reporter is produced by the cell.
6. The method of claim 1 wherein a computer means converts the digital data into the difference between the average cytoplasmic reporter molecule fluorescent intensity and the average nucleus fluorescent reporter molecule intensity.
7. The method of claim 1 wherein a computer means converts the digital data into the average cytoplasmic fluorescent reporter molecule intensity within the nucleus region.
8. The method of claim 1 wherein a computer means converts the digital data into the average fluorescent reporter molecule intensity within the cytoplasmic mask.
9. The method of claim 1 wherein multiple different fluorescent reporter molecules are in the cell.
10. A cell screening system comprising:
(a) a high magnification fluorescence optical system having an objective lens, an XY stage adapted for holding a plate with an array of locations for holding cells and having a means for moving the plate to align the locations with the microscope objective and a means for moving the plate in the direction to effect focusing;
(b) a digital camera;
(c) a light source having optical means for directing excitation light to cells in the array locations and a means for directing fluorescent light emitted from the cells to the digital camera; and
(d) a computer means for receiving and processing digital data from the digital camera wherein the computer means includes:
i) a digital frame grabber for receiving the images from the camera,
ii) a display for user interaction and display of assay results,
iii) digital storage media for data storage and archiving, and
iv) means for control, acquisition, processing and display of results.
11. The cell screening system of claim 10 having a PC screen operatively associated with the computer means, for displaying graphs of data and images of cells having fluorescent reporter molecules.
12. The cell screening system of claim 10 wherein the computer means stores the data in a bioinformatics data base.
13. The method of claim 1 further comprising scanning multiple cells in each of the array of locations containing cells in high throughput mode, and selectively scanning only a subset of the locations containing cells in a high content mode.
14. The cell screening system of claim 10 further comprising an attached reader which measures a signal from the array of locations which contain multiple cells, and a method to transfer both the array of locations which contain multiple cells and the measurements to the cell screening system.
15. The cell screening system of claim 10 wherein the optical means comprise a mechanical-optical means for changing the magnification of the system.
16. The cell screening system of claim 10 further comprising a chamber and control system to maintain the temperature, CO2 concentration and humidity surrounding the array of ocations which contain multiple cells.
17. The cell screening system of claim 10 wherein the optical means comprises a confocal scanning illumination and detection system.
18. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute the procedures set forth in FIG. 9, wherein the cell screening system comprises a high magnification fluorescence optical system with a stage adapted for holding cells and a means for moving the stage, a digital camera, a light source for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera, and a computer means for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera.
19. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute the procedures set forth in FIG. 11, wherein the cell screening system comprises a high magnification fluorescence optical system with a stage adapted for holding cells and a means for moving the stage, a digital camera, a light source for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera, and a computer means for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera.
20. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute the procedures set forth in FIG. 12, wherein the cell screening system comprises a high magnification fluorescence optical system with a stage adapted for holding cells and a means for moving the stage, a digital camera, a light source for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera, and a computer means for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera.
21. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute the procedures set forth in FIG. 13, wherein the cell screening system comprises a high magnification fluorescence optical system with a stage adapted for holding cells and a means for moving the stage, a digital camera, a light source for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera, and a computer means for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera.
22. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute the procedures set forth in FIG. 14, wherein the cell screening system comprises a high magnification fluorescence optical system with a stage adapted for holding cells and a means for moving the stage, a digital camera, a light source for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera, and a computer means for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera.
23. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute the procedures set forth in FIG. 15, wherein the cell screening system comprises a high magnification fluorescence optical system with a stage adapted for holding cells and a means for moving the stage, a digital camera, a light source for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera, and a computer means for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera.
24. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute procedures for detecting the distribution and activity of specific cellular constituents and processes, wherein the cell screening system comprises a high magnification fluorescence optical system with a stage adapted for holding cells and a means for moving the stage, a digital camera, a light source for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera, and a computer means for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera.
25. The machine readable storage medium of claim 24, wherein the specific cellular process comprises the nuclear translocation of a protein.
26. The machine readable storage medium of claim 25 wherein said protein comprises a membrane protein.
27. The machine readable storage medium of claim 24, wherein the specific cellular process comprises cellular hypertrophy.
28. The machine readable storage medium of claim 24, wherein the specific cellular process comprises apoptosis.
29. The machine readable storage medium of claim 24, wherein the specific cellular process comprises protease-induced translocation of a protein.
30. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing a cell screening system to execute procedures for identifying novel receptor agonists and antagonists, wherein the cell screening system comprises a high magnification fluorescence optical system with a stage adapted for holding cells and a means for moving the stage, a digital camera, a light source for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera, and a computer means for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera.
31. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing the cell screening system of claim 10 to execute the procedures set forth in FIG. 9.
32. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing the cell screening system of claim 10 to execute the procedures set forth in FIG. 11.
33. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing the cell screening system of claim 10 to execute the procedures set forth in FIG. 12.
34. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing the cell screening system of claim 10 to execute the procedures set forth in FIG. 13.
35. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing the cell screening system of claim 10 to execute the procedures set forth in FIG. 14.
36. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing the cell screening system of claim 10 to execute the procedures set forth in FIG. 15.
37. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing the cell screening system of claim 10 to execute procedures for detecting the distribution and activity of specific cellular constituents and processes.
38. The machine readable storage medium of claim 37, wherein the specific cellular process comprises the nuclear translocation of a protein.
39. The machine readable storage medium of claim 37 wherein said protein comprises a membrane protein.
40. The machine readable storage medium of claim 37, wherein the specific cellular process comprises cellular hypertrophy.
41. The machine readable storage medium of claim 37, wherein the specific cellular process comprises apoptosis.
42. The machine readable storage medium of claim 37, wherein the specific cellular process comprises protease-induced translocation of a protein.
43. A machine readable storage medium comprising a program containing a set of instructions for causing the cell screening system of claim 10 to execute procedures for identifying novel receptor agonists and antagonists, wherein the cell screening system comprises a high magnification fluorescence optical system with a stage adapted for holding cells and a means for moving the stage, a digital camera, a light source for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera, and a computer means for receiving and processing the digital data from the digital camera.
US10/686,161 1997-02-27 2003-10-15 System for cell-based screening Abandoned US20040063162A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/686,161 US20040063162A1 (en) 1997-02-27 2003-10-15 System for cell-based screening

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US08/810,983 US5989835A (en) 1997-02-27 1997-02-27 System for cell-based screening
US3127198A 1998-02-27 1998-02-27
US09/724,376 US6671624B1 (en) 1997-02-27 2000-11-27 Machine readable storage media for detecting distribution of macromolecules between nucleus and cytoplasm in cells
US10/686,161 US20040063162A1 (en) 1997-02-27 2003-10-15 System for cell-based screening

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/724,376 Continuation US6671624B1 (en) 1997-02-27 2000-11-27 Machine readable storage media for detecting distribution of macromolecules between nucleus and cytoplasm in cells

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20040063162A1 true US20040063162A1 (en) 2004-04-01

Family

ID=25205216

Family Applications (9)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US08/810,983 Expired - Lifetime US5989835A (en) 1996-05-30 1997-02-27 System for cell-based screening
US09/293,210 Expired - Lifetime US6620591B1 (en) 1997-02-27 1999-04-16 System for cell-based screening
US09/650,937 Expired - Lifetime US6573039B1 (en) 1997-02-27 2000-08-29 System for cell-based screening
US09/718,770 Expired - Lifetime US7565247B1 (en) 1997-02-27 2000-11-22 Method for acquisition, storage, and retrieval of cell screening data on a computer system
US09/721,168 Expired - Lifetime US7060445B1 (en) 1997-02-27 2000-11-22 System for cell-based screening
US10/411,635 Expired - Fee Related US7235373B2 (en) 1997-02-27 2003-04-11 System for cell-based screening
US10/430,534 Expired - Lifetime US6902883B2 (en) 1997-02-27 2003-05-06 System for cell-based screening
US10/686,161 Abandoned US20040063162A1 (en) 1997-02-27 2003-10-15 System for cell-based screening
US11/809,937 Expired - Fee Related US7853409B2 (en) 1997-02-27 2007-06-04 System for cell-based screening

Family Applications Before (7)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US08/810,983 Expired - Lifetime US5989835A (en) 1996-05-30 1997-02-27 System for cell-based screening
US09/293,210 Expired - Lifetime US6620591B1 (en) 1997-02-27 1999-04-16 System for cell-based screening
US09/650,937 Expired - Lifetime US6573039B1 (en) 1997-02-27 2000-08-29 System for cell-based screening
US09/718,770 Expired - Lifetime US7565247B1 (en) 1997-02-27 2000-11-22 Method for acquisition, storage, and retrieval of cell screening data on a computer system
US09/721,168 Expired - Lifetime US7060445B1 (en) 1997-02-27 2000-11-22 System for cell-based screening
US10/411,635 Expired - Fee Related US7235373B2 (en) 1997-02-27 2003-04-11 System for cell-based screening
US10/430,534 Expired - Lifetime US6902883B2 (en) 1997-02-27 2003-05-06 System for cell-based screening

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/809,937 Expired - Fee Related US7853409B2 (en) 1997-02-27 2007-06-04 System for cell-based screening

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (9) US5989835A (en)

Cited By (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050148084A1 (en) * 1998-07-27 2005-07-07 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Distributed database for analytical instruments
US20050250155A1 (en) * 1998-10-29 2005-11-10 Cell Works Diagnostics, Inc. Multiple marker characterization of single cells
US20050266433A1 (en) * 2004-03-03 2005-12-01 Ravi Kapur Magnetic device for isolation of cells and biomolecules in a microfluidic environment
US20060014137A1 (en) * 1999-08-05 2006-01-19 Ghosh Richik N System for cell-based screening
US20060039593A1 (en) * 2004-05-13 2006-02-23 Paul Sammak Methods and systems for imaging cells
US20060128006A1 (en) * 1999-11-10 2006-06-15 Gerhardt Antimony L Hydrodynamic capture and release mechanisms for particle manipulation
US20060134599A1 (en) * 2002-09-27 2006-06-22 Mehmet Toner Microfluidic device for cell separation and uses thereof
US20060148426A1 (en) * 2004-12-31 2006-07-06 Meng-Hsi Chuang Mobile communication device capable of changing its user interface
US20070026416A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Martin Fuchs Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of circulating tumor cells and other particles
US20070026417A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Martin Fuchs Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of circulating tumor cells and other particles
US20070026414A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Martin Fuchs Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of circulating tumor cells and other particles
US20070026413A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Mehmet Toner Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of circulating tumor cells and other particles
US20070026415A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Martin Fuchs Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of circulating tumor cells and other particles
US20080015786A1 (en) * 2006-07-13 2008-01-17 Cellomics, Inc. Neuronal profiling
US20080044844A1 (en) * 2004-01-27 2008-02-21 Shimshon Belkin Populations Of Cells And Devices And Systems Including Same
US20080124721A1 (en) * 2006-06-14 2008-05-29 Martin Fuchs Analysis of rare cell-enriched samples
WO2008151278A1 (en) * 2007-06-05 2008-12-11 Nanopoint, Inc. Cell tray systems and methods
US20090070337A1 (en) * 2006-09-28 2009-03-12 Xeround Systems Ltd. Apparatus and method for a distributed storage global database
US20090170091A1 (en) * 2006-01-17 2009-07-02 Kenneth Giuliano Method For Predicting Biological Systems Responses
US20090180693A1 (en) * 2008-01-16 2009-07-16 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Systems and methods for analyzing image data using adaptive neighborhooding
US20100002929A1 (en) * 2004-05-13 2010-01-07 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Image-based methods for measuring global nuclear patterns as epigenetic markers of cell differentiation
US20100053211A1 (en) * 2008-06-27 2010-03-04 Vala Sciences, Inc. User interface method and system with image viewer for management and control of automated image processing in high content screening or high throughput screening
US20100112602A1 (en) * 2006-11-10 2010-05-06 Taylor Lansing D Protein-Protein Interaction Biosensors and Methods of Use Thereof
US20100167950A1 (en) * 2008-12-31 2010-07-01 National Health Research Institute Microarray chip and method of fabricating for the same
US20110188728A1 (en) * 2009-12-17 2011-08-04 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Methods of generating trophectoderm and neurectoderm from human embryonic stem cells
US8021614B2 (en) 2005-04-05 2011-09-20 The General Hospital Corporation Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of cells and other particles
US8114615B2 (en) 2006-05-17 2012-02-14 Cernostics, Inc. Method for automated tissue analysis
US8737703B2 (en) 2008-01-16 2014-05-27 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Systems and methods for detecting retinal abnormalities
US8921102B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2014-12-30 Gpb Scientific, Llc Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of circulating tumor cells and other particles
US9017942B2 (en) 2006-06-14 2015-04-28 The General Hospital Corporation Rare cell analysis using sample splitting and DNA tags
US10018631B2 (en) 2011-03-17 2018-07-10 Cernostics, Inc. Systems and compositions for diagnosing Barrett's esophagus and methods of using the same
US10890596B2 (en) * 2011-03-03 2021-01-12 Life Technologies Corporation Sampling probes, systems, apparatuses, and methods
CN112326538A (en) * 2015-03-31 2021-02-05 希森美康株式会社 Urine analysis system, imaging device, cell imaging device, urine analysis method, management device, and information processing method
US11378498B2 (en) 2006-06-14 2022-07-05 Verinata Health, Inc. Diagnosis of fetal abnormalities using polymorphisms including short tandem repeats
US11920191B2 (en) 2015-02-06 2024-03-05 Life Technologies Corporation Systems and methods for assessing biological samples

Families Citing this family (330)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6602248B1 (en) * 1995-06-07 2003-08-05 Arthro Care Corp. Methods for repairing damaged intervertebral discs
US6355198B1 (en) 1996-03-15 2002-03-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Method of forming articles including waveguides via capillary micromolding and microtransfer molding
US6387707B1 (en) 1996-04-25 2002-05-14 Bioarray Solutions Array Cytometry
US6958245B2 (en) 1996-04-25 2005-10-25 Bioarray Solutions Ltd. Array cytometry
US7144119B2 (en) * 1996-04-25 2006-12-05 Bioarray Solutions Ltd. System and method for programmable illumination pattern generation
US6251691B1 (en) * 1996-04-25 2001-06-26 Bioarray Solutions, Llc Light-controlled electrokinetic assembly of particles near surfaces
US7041510B2 (en) 1996-04-25 2006-05-09 Bioarray Solutions Ltd. System and method for programmable illumination pattern generation
US6232124B1 (en) 1996-05-06 2001-05-15 Verification Technologies, Inc. Automated fingerprint methods and chemistry for product authentication and monitoring
US5989835A (en) * 1997-02-27 1999-11-23 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US20060141539A1 (en) * 1996-05-30 2006-06-29 Taylor D L Miniaturized cell array methods and apparatus for cell-based screening
US5874268A (en) 1996-09-23 1999-02-23 Duke University Method of introducing exogenous compounds into cells by electroporation and apparatus for same
US7062219B2 (en) 1997-01-31 2006-06-13 Odyssey Thera Inc. Protein fragment complementation assays for high-throughput and high-content screening
US6727071B1 (en) 1997-02-27 2004-04-27 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
DE69839501D1 (en) 1997-02-27 2008-06-26 Cellomics Inc System for screening biological cells
US6756207B1 (en) 1997-02-27 2004-06-29 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US7117098B1 (en) 1997-02-27 2006-10-03 Cellomics, Inc. Machine-readable storage medium for analyzing distribution of macromolecules between the cell membrane and the cell cytoplasm
US7853411B2 (en) * 1997-02-27 2010-12-14 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US6416959B1 (en) 1997-02-27 2002-07-09 Kenneth Giuliano System for cell-based screening
US7622294B2 (en) 1997-03-14 2009-11-24 Trustees Of Tufts College Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions
US20030027126A1 (en) 1997-03-14 2003-02-06 Walt David R. Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions
ATE269975T1 (en) * 1997-04-07 2004-07-15 Bioimage As METHOD FOR SCREENING SUBSTANCES THAT HAVE AN EFFECT ON INTRACELLULAR TRANSLOCATION
US6169816B1 (en) * 1997-05-14 2001-01-02 Applied Imaging, Inc. Identification of objects of interest using multiple illumination schemes and finding overlap of features in corresponding multiple images
US6259807B1 (en) 1997-05-14 2001-07-10 Applied Imaging Corp. Identification of objects of interest using multiple illumination schemes and finding overlap of features in corresponding multiple images
AU756945B2 (en) 1997-05-23 2003-01-30 Bioarray Solutions Ltd Color-encoding and in-situ interrogation of matrix-coupled chemical compounds
US6548263B1 (en) 1997-05-29 2003-04-15 Cellomics, Inc. Miniaturized cell array methods and apparatus for cell-based screening
US7160687B1 (en) * 1997-05-29 2007-01-09 Cellomics, Inc. Miniaturized cell array methods and apparatus for cell-based screening
US6517781B1 (en) * 1997-06-02 2003-02-11 Aurora Biosciences Corporation Low fluorescence assay platforms and related methods for drug discovery
US5891646A (en) * 1997-06-05 1999-04-06 Duke University Methods of assaying receptor activity and constructs useful in such methods
US7541151B2 (en) 1997-06-05 2009-06-02 Duke University Single-cell biosensor for the measurement of GPCR ligands in a test sample
US6528271B1 (en) 1997-06-05 2003-03-04 Duke University Inhibition of βarrestin mediated effects prolongs and potentiates opioid receptor-mediated analgesia
US6071748A (en) 1997-07-16 2000-06-06 Ljl Biosystems, Inc. Light detection device
US6258326B1 (en) 1997-09-20 2001-07-10 Ljl Biosystems, Inc. Sample holders with reference fiducials
US6469311B1 (en) 1997-07-16 2002-10-22 Molecular Devices Corporation Detection device for light transmitted from a sensed volume
DE69823206T2 (en) * 1997-07-25 2004-08-19 Affymetrix, Inc. (a Delaware Corp.), Santa Clara METHOD FOR PRODUCING A BIO-INFORMATICS DATABASE
US6420108B2 (en) * 1998-02-09 2002-07-16 Affymetrix, Inc. Computer-aided display for comparative gene expression
US6221612B1 (en) * 1997-08-01 2001-04-24 Aurora Biosciences Corporation Photon reducing agents for use in fluorescence assays
US7745142B2 (en) 1997-09-15 2010-06-29 Molecular Devices Corporation Molecular modification assays
US6326605B1 (en) 1998-02-20 2001-12-04 Ljl Biosystems, Inc. Broad range light detection system
WO2000050877A1 (en) 1999-02-23 2000-08-31 Ljl Biosystems, Inc. Frequency-domain light detection device
WO2000006991A2 (en) 1998-07-27 2000-02-10 Ljl Biosystems, Inc. Apparatus and methods for spectroscopic measurements
US6576476B1 (en) 1998-09-02 2003-06-10 Ljl Biosystems, Inc. Chemiluminescence detection method and device
WO2000006990A2 (en) 1998-07-27 2000-02-10 Ljl Biosystems, Inc. Apparatus and methods for time-resolved spectroscopic measurements
US6297018B1 (en) * 1998-04-17 2001-10-02 Ljl Biosystems, Inc. Methods and apparatus for detecting nucleic acid polymorphisms
US6825921B1 (en) 1999-11-10 2004-11-30 Molecular Devices Corporation Multi-mode light detection system
US7351578B2 (en) 1999-12-10 2008-04-01 Invitrogen Corp. Use of multiple recombination sites with unique specificity in recombinational cloning
US20050221280A1 (en) 1998-02-02 2005-10-06 Odyssey Thera, Inc. Protein-protein interactions for pharmacological profiling
US6349144B1 (en) * 1998-02-07 2002-02-19 Biodiscovery, Inc. Automated DNA array segmentation and analysis
US6990221B2 (en) * 1998-02-07 2006-01-24 Biodiscovery, Inc. Automated DNA array image segmentation and analysis
US6388788B1 (en) 1998-03-16 2002-05-14 Praelux, Inc. Method and apparatus for screening chemical compounds
US20030036855A1 (en) * 1998-03-16 2003-02-20 Praelux Incorporated, A Corporation Of New Jersey Method and apparatus for screening chemical compounds
US20040199544A1 (en) * 2000-11-02 2004-10-07 Affymetrix, Inc. Method and apparatus for providing an expression data mining database
US6682927B2 (en) 1998-10-05 2004-01-27 Duke University Methods and apparatus for the high through-put detection of binding interactions in vivo
DE69924645T2 (en) * 1998-11-13 2006-03-02 Cellomics, Inc. METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EFFICIENTLY GAINING AND STORING EXPERIMENTAL DATA
US6490030B1 (en) 1999-01-18 2002-12-03 Verification Technologies, Inc. Portable product authentication device
US7450229B2 (en) * 1999-01-25 2008-11-11 Amnis Corporation Methods for analyzing inter-cellular phenomena
US8005314B2 (en) 2005-12-09 2011-08-23 Amnis Corporation Extended depth of field imaging for high speed object analysis
US8885913B2 (en) 1999-01-25 2014-11-11 Amnis Corporation Detection of circulating tumor cells using imaging flow cytometry
US8131053B2 (en) 1999-01-25 2012-03-06 Amnis Corporation Detection of circulating tumor cells using imaging flow cytometry
US20060257884A1 (en) * 2004-05-20 2006-11-16 Amnis Corporation Methods for preparing and analyzing cells having chromosomal abnormalities
US8406498B2 (en) 1999-01-25 2013-03-26 Amnis Corporation Blood and cell analysis using an imaging flow cytometer
WO2000056872A2 (en) * 1999-03-22 2000-09-28 Pangene Corporation High-throughput gene cloning and phenotypic screening
US6193647B1 (en) * 1999-04-08 2001-02-27 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Microfluidic embryo and/or oocyte handling device and method
US6387653B1 (en) * 1999-04-09 2002-05-14 Culterra, Llc Apparatus and method for automatically producing tissue slides
AU4245900A (en) * 1999-04-15 2000-11-02 Virtual Arrays, Inc. Combinatorial chemical library supports having indicia at coding positions and methods of use
US20030129654A1 (en) * 1999-04-15 2003-07-10 Ilya Ravkin Coded particles for multiplexed analysis of biological samples
US20030207249A1 (en) * 1999-04-15 2003-11-06 Beske Oren E. Connection of cells to substrates using association pairs
US7253435B2 (en) * 1999-04-15 2007-08-07 Millipore Corporation Particles with light-polarizing codes
US6908737B2 (en) * 1999-04-15 2005-06-21 Vitra Bioscience, Inc. Systems and methods of conducting multiplexed experiments
US20030166015A1 (en) * 1999-04-15 2003-09-04 Zarowitz Michael A. Multiplexed analysis of cell-substrate interactions
US20030134330A1 (en) * 1999-04-15 2003-07-17 Ilya Ravkin Chemical-library composition and method
US6690399B1 (en) 1999-05-07 2004-02-10 Tropix, Inc. Data display software for displaying assay results
WO2000068810A1 (en) * 1999-05-07 2000-11-16 Tropix, Inc. Data display software
US6651008B1 (en) 1999-05-14 2003-11-18 Cytokinetics, Inc. Database system including computer code for predictive cellular bioinformatics
US7151847B2 (en) * 2001-02-20 2006-12-19 Cytokinetics, Inc. Image analysis of the golgi complex
US20030228565A1 (en) * 2000-04-26 2003-12-11 Cytokinetics, Inc. Method and apparatus for predictive cellular bioinformatics
US6743576B1 (en) 1999-05-14 2004-06-01 Cytokinetics, Inc. Database system for predictive cellular bioinformatics
US6673554B1 (en) * 1999-06-14 2004-01-06 Trellie Bioinformatics, Inc. Protein localization assays for toxicity and antidotes thereto
US6687395B1 (en) * 1999-07-21 2004-02-03 Surromed, Inc. System for microvolume laser scanning cytometry
US7099502B2 (en) * 1999-10-12 2006-08-29 Biodiscovery, Inc. System and method for automatically processing microarrays
JP2003527833A (en) 1999-10-14 2003-09-24 クロンテック・ラボラトリーズ・インコーポレーテッド Chromophores / phosphors derived from flower insects and their use
US6512580B1 (en) 1999-10-27 2003-01-28 Verification Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for portable product authentication
US6365367B1 (en) 1999-12-06 2002-04-02 Cellomics, Inc. Environmental chamber for the analysis of live cells
AU2073801A (en) 1999-12-09 2001-06-18 Cellomics, Inc. A system for cell-based screening
US20020197656A1 (en) * 1999-12-17 2002-12-26 Ronghao Li Cell arrays and the uses thereof
US6773894B1 (en) * 2000-01-21 2004-08-10 Biochain Institute, Inc. Isolation and extraction of subcellularly compartmentalized protein
WO2001055951A2 (en) 2000-01-25 2001-08-02 Cellomics, Inc. Method and system for automated inference of physico-chemical interaction knowl edge
US7324236B2 (en) * 2000-02-01 2008-01-29 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Discrepancy correction method and apparatus for correcting difference in levels of image signals obtained by an image sensor having a multiple output channels
US20020076741A1 (en) * 2000-02-11 2002-06-20 Tencza Sarah Burroughs Peptide biosensors for anthrax protease
US7485454B1 (en) 2000-03-10 2009-02-03 Bioprocessors Corp. Microreactor
US20030104494A1 (en) * 2001-10-26 2003-06-05 Ilya Ravkin Assay systems with adjustable fluid communication
US7338773B2 (en) * 2000-04-14 2008-03-04 Millipore Corporation Multiplexed assays of cell migration
EP1295243A4 (en) * 2000-05-11 2010-09-01 Becton Dickinson Co System for identifying clusters in scatter plots using smoothed polygons with optimal boundaries
US6902882B2 (en) 2000-05-23 2005-06-07 Kerong Gu Methods of monitoring production of gene products and uses thereof
US8548745B2 (en) 2000-06-08 2013-10-01 The Regents Of The University Of California Visual-servoing optical microscopy
CA2411465C (en) * 2000-06-08 2013-08-27 The Regents Of The University Of California Visual-servoing optical microscopy
US7546210B2 (en) * 2000-06-08 2009-06-09 The Regents Of The University Of California Visual-servoing optical microscopy
US9709559B2 (en) 2000-06-21 2017-07-18 Bioarray Solutions, Ltd. Multianalyte molecular analysis using application-specific random particle arrays
EP1311839B1 (en) 2000-06-21 2006-03-01 Bioarray Solutions Ltd Multianalyte molecular analysis using application-specific random particle arrays
WO2002000940A2 (en) * 2000-06-23 2002-01-03 Cytokinetics, Inc Image analysis for phenotyping sets of mutant cells
US6638593B2 (en) 2000-06-30 2003-10-28 Verification Technologies, Inc. Copy-protected optical media and method of manufacture thereof
WO2002002301A1 (en) 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Verification Technologies Inc. Copy-protected optical media and method of manufacture thereof
DE10032730A1 (en) * 2000-07-05 2002-01-24 Nmi Univ Tuebingen Microtiter plate for carrying out tests on biological cells, e.g. using pharmaceuticals, has array of projections which act as test sites and have binding agents on their surfaces to which cells can be bound
US20020019011A1 (en) * 2000-07-07 2002-02-14 Stockwell Brent R. Methods for identifying combinations of entities as therapeutics
WO2002019594A2 (en) * 2000-08-02 2002-03-07 Arizona Board Of Regents, Acting On Behalf Of Arizona State University Scanning fluorescence lifetime microscope: directed evolution
US7660415B2 (en) 2000-08-03 2010-02-09 Selinfreund Richard H Method and apparatus for controlling access to storage media
US7198924B2 (en) 2000-12-11 2007-04-03 Invitrogen Corporation Methods and compositions for synthesis of nucleic acid molecules using multiple recognition sites
US6768982B1 (en) 2000-09-06 2004-07-27 Cellomics, Inc. Method and system for creating and using knowledge patterns
US7057704B2 (en) * 2000-09-17 2006-06-06 Bioarray Solutions Ltd. System and method for programmable illumination pattern generation
CA2424039A1 (en) 2000-09-27 2002-04-04 Hyperion, Inc. Quantitative digital fluorography and related products and methods
US6623860B2 (en) 2000-10-10 2003-09-23 Aclara Biosciences, Inc. Multilevel flow structures
WO2002031583A1 (en) 2000-10-12 2002-04-18 Amnis Corporation System and method for high numeric aperture imaging systems
US20030045005A1 (en) * 2000-10-17 2003-03-06 Michael Seul Light-controlled electrokinetic assembly of particles near surfaces
JP2004537712A (en) * 2000-10-18 2004-12-16 バーチャル・アレイズ・インコーポレーテッド Multiple cell analysis system
US7018812B2 (en) 2000-11-03 2006-03-28 Duke University Modified G-protein coupled receptors
US7163800B2 (en) * 2000-11-03 2007-01-16 Molecular Devices Corporation Methods of screening compositions for G protein-coupled receptor desensitization inhibitory activity
US20050136431A1 (en) * 2000-11-03 2005-06-23 Oakley Robert H. Methods of screening compositions for G protein-coupled receptor desensitization inhibitory activity
US6864065B2 (en) 2000-11-08 2005-03-08 Surface Logix, Inc. Assays for monitoring cell motility in real-time
US6893851B2 (en) 2000-11-08 2005-05-17 Surface Logix, Inc. Method for arraying biomolecules and for monitoring cell motility in real-time
US6844184B2 (en) 2000-11-08 2005-01-18 Surface Logix, Inc. Device for arraying biomolecules and for monitoring cell motility in real-time
US7374906B2 (en) 2000-11-08 2008-05-20 Surface Logix, Inc. Biological assays using gradients formed in microfluidic systems
AU2002230415A1 (en) * 2000-11-17 2002-05-27 Universal Imaging Corporation Rapidly changing dichroic beamsplitter
US20020132360A1 (en) 2000-11-17 2002-09-19 Flir Systems Boston, Inc. Apparatus and methods for infrared calorimetric measurements
WO2002061858A2 (en) 2000-11-17 2002-08-08 Thermogenic Imaging, Inc. Apparatus and methods for infrared calorimetric measurements
US6787761B2 (en) * 2000-11-27 2004-09-07 Surromed, Inc. Median filter for liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry data
WO2002044715A1 (en) * 2000-11-28 2002-06-06 Surromed, Inc. Methods for efficiently minig broad data sets for biological markers
US6905881B2 (en) * 2000-11-30 2005-06-14 Paul Sammak Microbead-based test plates and test methods for fluorescence imaging systems
EP1339017A4 (en) * 2000-12-01 2007-08-29 Japan Science & Tech Corp Nuclear area recognizing method and nuclear genealogy creating method
US7218764B2 (en) * 2000-12-04 2007-05-15 Cytokinetics, Inc. Ploidy classification method
US20100223295A1 (en) * 2000-12-06 2010-09-02 Io Informatics, Inc. Applied Semantic Knowledgebases and Applications Thereof
US20020156756A1 (en) * 2000-12-06 2002-10-24 Biosentients, Inc. Intelligent molecular object data structure and method for application in heterogeneous data environments with high data density and dynamic application needs
US6599694B2 (en) 2000-12-18 2003-07-29 Cytokinetics, Inc. Method of characterizing potential therapeutics by determining cell-cell interactions
WO2002061423A2 (en) * 2000-12-22 2002-08-08 Cellomics, Inc. Identification of individual cells during kinetic assays
JP2005505746A (en) * 2001-02-02 2005-02-24 ダナ−ファーバー キャンサー インスチチュート インコーポレーテッド Rare event detection system
ATE330244T1 (en) * 2001-02-02 2006-07-15 Cellomics Inc METHOD FOR ESTIMATING THE BEST INITIAL FOCUSING
US6999607B2 (en) * 2001-02-20 2006-02-14 Cytokinetics, Inc. Method and apparatus for automated cellular bioinformatics
US7016787B2 (en) * 2001-02-20 2006-03-21 Cytokinetics, Inc. Characterizing biological stimuli by response curves
US6956961B2 (en) * 2001-02-20 2005-10-18 Cytokinetics, Inc. Extracting shape information contained in cell images
CA2445960A1 (en) * 2001-02-21 2002-12-19 Amnis Corporation Method and apparatus for labeling and analyzing cellular components
JP2002251091A (en) * 2001-02-27 2002-09-06 Konica Corp Image fixing device and image forming device
US7085765B2 (en) * 2001-03-12 2006-08-01 Cellomics, Inc. Methods to increase the capacity of high content cell-based screening assays
US20030013137A1 (en) * 2001-03-13 2003-01-16 Barak Larry S. Automated methods of detecting receptor activity
AU2002303150A1 (en) * 2001-03-26 2002-10-08 Cellomics, Inc. Methods for determining the organization of a cellular component of interest
US20020159625A1 (en) * 2001-04-02 2002-10-31 Cytoprint, Inc. Method and apparatus for discovering, identifying and comparing biological activity mechanisms
US20020186875A1 (en) * 2001-04-09 2002-12-12 Burmer Glenna C. Computer methods for image pattern recognition in organic material
US20040132166A1 (en) * 2001-04-10 2004-07-08 Bioprocessors Corp. Determination and/or control of reactor environmental conditions
US20040058407A1 (en) * 2001-04-10 2004-03-25 Miller Scott E. Reactor systems having a light-interacting component
US20050032204A1 (en) * 2001-04-10 2005-02-10 Bioprocessors Corp. Microreactor architecture and methods
US7219016B2 (en) 2001-04-20 2007-05-15 Yale University Systems and methods for automated analysis of cells and tissues
US6979530B2 (en) * 2001-05-21 2005-12-27 Applera Corporation Peptide conjugates and fluorescence detection methods for intracellular caspase assay
US7262063B2 (en) 2001-06-21 2007-08-28 Bio Array Solutions, Ltd. Directed assembly of functional heterostructures
US20060019235A1 (en) * 2001-07-02 2006-01-26 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Molecular and functional profiling using a cellular microarray
US7169577B2 (en) * 2001-07-27 2007-01-30 Surface Logix, Inc. Cell isolation and screening device and method of using same
US7285412B2 (en) * 2001-07-27 2007-10-23 Surface Logix Inc. Device for magnetic immobilization of cells
US7169578B2 (en) * 2001-07-27 2007-01-30 Surface Logix, Inc. Cell isolation and screening device and method of using same
JP2005507650A (en) * 2001-08-01 2005-03-24 セロミックス インコーポレイテッド Assays for novel fusion proteins and molecular binding
GB0118995D0 (en) * 2001-08-03 2001-09-26 Univ Wales Medicine Detection of mutations in nucleic acids
US6873915B2 (en) * 2001-08-24 2005-03-29 Surromed, Inc. Peak selection in multidimensional data
TW573125B (en) * 2001-08-29 2004-01-21 Combinatorx Inc A screening system for identifying drug-drug interactions and methods of use thereof
EP2311934B1 (en) 2001-09-06 2013-06-05 Rapid Micro Biosystems, Inc. Rapid detection of replicating cells
US20040071328A1 (en) * 2001-09-07 2004-04-15 Vaisberg Eugeni A. Classifying cells based on information contained in cell images
US7474781B2 (en) * 2001-09-20 2009-01-06 International Business Machines Corporation Image based bar-code reading and robotic registration apparatus for use in automated tape library systems
US20030207327A1 (en) * 2001-09-27 2003-11-06 Kmiec Eric B. Coisogenic eukaryotic cell collections
US20030082551A1 (en) * 2001-09-28 2003-05-01 Zarling David A. High-throughput gene cloning and phenotypic screening
US20030078739A1 (en) * 2001-10-05 2003-04-24 Surromed, Inc. Feature list extraction from data sets such as spectra
US20040002073A1 (en) 2001-10-15 2004-01-01 Li Alice Xiang Multiplexed analysis of polymorphic loci by concurrent interrogation and enzyme-mediated detection
US20030219800A1 (en) * 2001-10-18 2003-11-27 Beske Oren E. Multiplexed cell transfection using coded carriers
US7381375B2 (en) * 2001-10-26 2008-06-03 Millipore Corporation Assay systems with adjustable fluid communication
US20080187949A1 (en) * 2001-10-26 2008-08-07 Millipore Corporation Multiplexed assays of cell migration
CA2466112A1 (en) * 2001-11-08 2003-05-15 Daniele Andreucci Method for modeling signal transduction in cells
WO2003044158A1 (en) * 2001-11-15 2003-05-30 Becton, Dickinson And Company Methods and devices for the integrated discovery of cell culture environments
RU2330067C2 (en) * 2001-12-19 2008-07-27 Дзе Юниверсити Оф Чикаго Polynucleotide, coding chromo- or fluorescent mutant polypeptide, expression vector, cell, method of obtaining chromo- or fluorescent polypeptide, use of polypeptide and use of polynucleotide
MXPA04006106A (en) * 2001-12-21 2004-11-01 Eastern Virginia Med School Method for analyzing effects of medical agents.
CA2476072A1 (en) * 2002-02-13 2003-09-18 Reify Corporation Method and apparatus for acquisition, compression, and characterization of spatiotemporal signals
CA2474509C (en) * 2002-02-14 2012-01-31 Immunivest Corporation Methods and algorithms for cell enumeration in a low-cost cytometer
US7764821B2 (en) * 2002-02-14 2010-07-27 Veridex, Llc Methods and algorithms for cell enumeration in a low-cost cytometer
WO2003104439A2 (en) * 2002-03-12 2003-12-18 Surface Logix, Inc. Assay device that analyzes the absorption, metabolism, permeability and/or toxicity of a candidate compound
US8116982B2 (en) * 2002-03-13 2012-02-14 Vala Sciences, Inc. System and method for automatic color segmentation and minimum significant response for measurement of fractional localized intensity of cellular compartments
US20030175821A1 (en) * 2002-03-14 2003-09-18 Hoover Rex A. Apparatus and method for microscopic comet assay
US20030182669A1 (en) * 2002-03-19 2003-09-25 Rockman Howard A. Phosphoinositide 3-kinase mediated inhibition of GPCRs
US20050026134A1 (en) * 2002-04-10 2005-02-03 Bioprocessors Corp. Systems and methods for control of pH and other reactor environment conditions
AU2003226816A1 (en) 2002-04-16 2003-10-27 Evotec Oai Ag Method for analyzing chemical and/or biological samples by means of particle images
CA2484625A1 (en) * 2002-05-09 2003-11-20 Surromed, Inc. Methods for time-alignment of liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry data
US20060050946A1 (en) * 2002-05-10 2006-03-09 Mitchison Timothy J Computer-assisted cell analysis
WO2003095986A1 (en) * 2002-05-14 2003-11-20 Amersham Biosciences Niagara, Inc. System and methods for rapid and automated screening of cells
GB0211072D0 (en) * 2002-05-15 2002-06-26 Amersham Biosciences Uk Ltd Reagent and method for the determination of changes in a cellular morphological parameter
US20040126773A1 (en) * 2002-05-23 2004-07-01 Beske Oren E. Assays with coded sensor particles to sense assay conditions
US20030224531A1 (en) * 2002-05-29 2003-12-04 Brennen Reid A. Microplate with an integrated microfluidic system for parallel processing minute volumes of fluids
US20030228566A1 (en) * 2002-06-11 2003-12-11 Biotechplex Corporation Method of and apparatus for screening for drug candidates
US7272252B2 (en) 2002-06-12 2007-09-18 Clarient, Inc. Automated system for combining bright field and fluorescent microscopy
US7970549B1 (en) 2002-08-28 2011-06-28 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Inc. System and method for high-content oncology assay
US8032346B1 (en) 2002-08-28 2011-10-04 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. System and method for high-content oncology assay
US7512496B2 (en) * 2002-09-25 2009-03-31 Soheil Shams Apparatus, method, and computer program product for determining confidence measures and combined confidence measures for assessing the quality of microarrays
US20080207465A1 (en) * 2002-10-28 2008-08-28 Millipore Corporation Assay systems with adjustable fluid communication
ATE509946T1 (en) 2002-11-12 2011-06-15 Zakrytoe Aktsionernoe Obschestvo S Evrogens FLUORESCENT PROTEINS AND CHROMOPROTEINS FROM NON-AEQUOREA HYDROZOA SPECIES AND METHOD FOR THE USE THEREOF
US7526114B2 (en) 2002-11-15 2009-04-28 Bioarray Solutions Ltd. Analysis, secure access to, and transmission of array images
EP1576157B1 (en) 2002-12-26 2010-07-21 Zakrytoe Aktsionernoe Obschestvo " Evrogen" Fluorescent proteins from copepoda species and methods for using same
WO2004083405A2 (en) * 2003-03-19 2004-09-30 Alfa Wassermann, Inc. Separation and accumulation of subcellular components, and proteins derived therefrom
WO2004099773A1 (en) * 2003-04-30 2004-11-18 Pfizer Products Inc. Automated in vitro cellular imaging assays for micronuclei and other target objects
EP1631799A2 (en) * 2003-06-06 2006-03-08 Combinatorx Incorporated System and method for multidimensional evaluation of combinations of compositions
US7235353B2 (en) * 2003-07-18 2007-06-26 Cytokinetics, Inc. Predicting hepatotoxicity using cell based assays
GB2423988A (en) * 2003-07-18 2006-09-13 Cytokinetics Inc Characterizing biological stimuli by response curves
US20050014217A1 (en) * 2003-07-18 2005-01-20 Cytokinetics, Inc. Predicting hepatotoxicity using cell based assays
JP2007535479A (en) * 2003-08-13 2007-12-06 チルドレンズ ホスピタル メディカル センター Chimeric peptide for regulating GTPase
EP1656156A2 (en) * 2003-08-13 2006-05-17 Children's Hospital Medical Center Mobilization of hematopoietic cells
WO2005022362A2 (en) * 2003-09-02 2005-03-10 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Chemical address tags
US7488451B2 (en) 2003-09-15 2009-02-10 Millipore Corporation Systems for particle manipulation
US7927796B2 (en) 2003-09-18 2011-04-19 Bioarray Solutions, Ltd. Number coding for identification of subtypes of coded types of solid phase carriers
WO2005031305A2 (en) 2003-09-22 2005-04-07 Bioarray Solutions, Ltd. Surface immobilized polyelectrolyte with multiple functional groups capable of covalently bonding to biomolecules
US6977142B2 (en) * 2003-09-23 2005-12-20 Agy Therapeutics, Inc. High-throughput turbidometric assay for screening inhibitors of protein disulfide isomerase activity
US7345814B2 (en) * 2003-09-29 2008-03-18 Olympus Corporation Microscope system and microscope focus maintaining device for the same
JP4454998B2 (en) * 2003-09-29 2010-04-21 株式会社ニコン Cell observation apparatus and cell observation method
WO2005039396A2 (en) * 2003-10-22 2005-05-06 Medtrain Technologies, Llc Tissue engineered construct analytical imaging system and method of obtaining and analyzing images of tissue engineered constructs
US7563569B2 (en) 2003-10-28 2009-07-21 Michael Seul Optimization of gene expression analysis using immobilized capture probes
JP2007509629A (en) 2003-10-29 2007-04-19 バイオアレイ ソリューションズ リミテッド Complex nucleic acid analysis by cleavage of double-stranded DNA
FR2862069B1 (en) * 2003-11-07 2006-06-23 Celogos AUTOMATIC ANALYSIS OF CELLULAR SAMPLES
AU2003287591C1 (en) * 2003-11-10 2009-12-10 Serenity Pharmaceuticals Llc Pharmaceutical compositions including low dosages of desmopressin
US7186548B2 (en) * 2003-11-10 2007-03-06 Advanced Pharmaceutical Sciences, Inc. Cell culture tool and method
JP2007512838A (en) 2003-12-01 2007-05-24 インヴィトロジェン コーポレーション Nucleic acid molecules containing recombination sites and methods of use thereof
WO2005056024A1 (en) * 2003-12-05 2005-06-23 Children's Hospital Medical Center Methods of enhancing stem cell engraftment
US6995901B2 (en) * 2004-01-15 2006-02-07 Alpha Innotech Corporation Optical analysis systems
US6853454B1 (en) 2004-01-15 2005-02-08 Alpha Innotech Corporation Optical analysis systems
US20050157299A1 (en) * 2004-01-15 2005-07-21 Heffelfinger David M. Optical analysis systems
US8103080B2 (en) 2004-03-16 2012-01-24 Amnis Corporation Method for imaging and differential analysis of cells
US8953866B2 (en) 2004-03-16 2015-02-10 Amnis Corporation Method for imaging and differential analysis of cells
ATE538138T1 (en) * 2004-03-16 2012-01-15 Amnis Corp IMAGING-BASED QUANTIFICATION OF MOLECULAR TRANSLOCATION
KR101147147B1 (en) 2004-04-01 2012-05-25 머크 샤프 앤드 돔 코포레이션 Modified polynucleotides for reducing off-target effects in rna interference
US7248360B2 (en) 2004-04-02 2007-07-24 Ppd Biomarker Discovery Sciences, Llc Polychronic laser scanning system and method of use
US20050273271A1 (en) * 2004-04-05 2005-12-08 Aibing Rao Method of characterizing cell shape
US7250298B2 (en) * 2004-04-07 2007-07-31 The University Of Chicago Monomeric red fluorescent proteins
EP1765487A1 (en) * 2004-06-07 2007-03-28 Bioprocessors Corporation Reactor mixing
WO2005121310A2 (en) * 2004-06-07 2005-12-22 Bioprocessors Corp. Creation of shear in a reactor
US20050271560A1 (en) * 2004-06-07 2005-12-08 Bioprocessors Corp. Gas control in a reactor
US7323318B2 (en) * 2004-07-15 2008-01-29 Cytokinetics, Inc. Assay for distinguishing live and dead cells
US20070031818A1 (en) * 2004-07-15 2007-02-08 Cytokinetics, Inc., A Delaware Corporation Assay for distinguishing live and dead cells
US8189899B2 (en) * 2004-07-30 2012-05-29 Veridex, Llc Methods and algorithms for cell enumeration in a low-cost cytometer
US20090131270A1 (en) * 2004-08-02 2009-05-21 Cellumen, Inc.A Corporation Methods for the detection of molecular interactions within cells
US7848889B2 (en) 2004-08-02 2010-12-07 Bioarray Solutions, Ltd. Automated analysis of multiplexed probe-target interaction patterns: pattern matching and allele identification
US20060050376A1 (en) * 2004-09-02 2006-03-09 Houston Edward S Robotic microscopy apparatus for high throughput observation of multicellular organisms
US7697755B2 (en) * 2004-09-29 2010-04-13 Drvision Technologies Llc Method for robust analysis of biological activity in microscopy images
US20060154236A1 (en) * 2004-11-11 2006-07-13 Altschuler Steven J Computer-assisted analysis
US7472576B1 (en) 2004-11-17 2009-01-06 State Of Oregon Acting By And Through The State Board Of Higher Education On Behalf Of Portland State University Nanometrology device standards for scanning probe microscopes and processes for their fabrication and use
US7935811B2 (en) 2004-11-22 2011-05-03 Dharmacon, Inc. Apparatus and system having dry gene silencing compositions
US7923206B2 (en) 2004-11-22 2011-04-12 Dharmacon, Inc. Method of determining a cellular response to a biological agent
US7923207B2 (en) * 2004-11-22 2011-04-12 Dharmacon, Inc. Apparatus and system having dry gene silencing pools
EP1820143B1 (en) * 2004-12-09 2010-02-10 Cellomics, Inc Automated method and system for setting image analysis parameters to control image analysis operations
US20060160151A1 (en) * 2005-01-10 2006-07-20 Baylor College Of Medicine Method of quantitative immunohistochemistry and in situ hybridization
JP4214124B2 (en) * 2005-03-14 2009-01-28 株式会社バイオエコーネット Ear thermometer
WO2006106882A1 (en) * 2005-03-30 2006-10-12 Olympus Corporation Method of measuring luminescence dose at definite site, apparatus for measuring luminescence dose at definite site, method of measuring expression amount and measurement apparatus therefor
GB0510362D0 (en) * 2005-05-20 2005-06-29 Univ Greenwich Device for detecting mycotoxins
DE102005024063B3 (en) * 2005-05-25 2006-07-06 Soft Imaging System Gmbh Method for optical scanning sample involves recording of individual image whereby in each case, it is evaluated by means of adaptive sensor unit with respect to contrast totally or partly
US8486629B2 (en) 2005-06-01 2013-07-16 Bioarray Solutions, Ltd. Creation of functionalized microparticle libraries by oligonucleotide ligation or elongation
US20060291706A1 (en) * 2005-06-23 2006-12-28 Applera Corporation Method of extracting intensity data from digitized image
US8822206B2 (en) * 2005-10-11 2014-09-02 The Johns Hopkins University Device for high-throughput stimulation, immunostaining, and visualization of single cells
US8449837B2 (en) * 2005-10-11 2013-05-28 The Johns Hopkins University Microfluidic device for high-throughput cellular gradient and dose response studies
ES2399563T3 (en) * 2005-11-04 2013-04-02 Evrogen, Jsc Modified fluorescent green proteins and method for their use
US7933435B2 (en) * 2005-11-21 2011-04-26 Vala Sciences, Inc. System, method, and kit for processing a magnified image of biological material to identify components of a biological object
US20070124085A1 (en) * 2005-11-30 2007-05-31 Geert Kalusche Method of processing a biological image
MX2008008281A (en) 2005-12-21 2008-11-06 Meso Scale Technologies Llc Assay apparatuses, methods and reagents.
US8563703B2 (en) 2006-01-25 2013-10-22 Evrogen IP Joint Stock Company Fluorescent proteins and methods for using same
US7638615B1 (en) 2006-01-25 2009-12-29 Evrogen IP Joint Stock Company Fluorescent proteins and methods for using same
WO2007126554A2 (en) * 2006-04-18 2007-11-08 Millipore Corporation Systems for characterizing localization in biological cells
KR20080112413A (en) 2006-04-22 2008-12-24 홀리스-에덴 파마슈티칼즈, 인코포레이티드 Drugs and uses
DK2032982T3 (en) 2006-05-05 2012-11-05 Univ Yale USE OF SUBCELLULAR LOCATION PROFILES AS PROGNOSTIC OR PREDICTIVE INDICATORS
EP2032983A2 (en) * 2006-05-24 2009-03-11 Cellumen, Inc. Method for modeling a disease
HUP0600435A2 (en) * 2006-05-26 2007-11-28 3Dhistech Kft Method and system for digitizing a specimen having fluorescent target points
EP2042853B1 (en) * 2006-07-12 2014-04-23 Toyobo Co., Ltd. Analyzer and use thereof
WO2008008500A2 (en) * 2006-07-13 2008-01-17 Yale University Methods for making cancer prognoses based on the subcellular localization of biomarkers
US7560711B2 (en) * 2006-08-09 2009-07-14 King Fahd University Of Petroleum And Minerals Multiple fingerprinting of petroleum oils using normalized time-resolved laser-induced fluorescence spectral subtractions
US8797644B2 (en) * 2006-08-11 2014-08-05 The Regents Of The University Of California Capillary-based cell and tissue acquisition system (CTAS)
JP4885646B2 (en) * 2006-08-14 2012-02-29 オリンパス株式会社 Cell automatic analysis apparatus and cell automatic analysis method
US7974456B2 (en) * 2006-09-05 2011-07-05 Drvision Technologies Llc Spatial-temporal regulation method for robust model estimation
US8055034B2 (en) * 2006-09-13 2011-11-08 Fluidigm Corporation Methods and systems for image processing of microfluidic devices
US8050516B2 (en) * 2006-09-13 2011-11-01 Fluidigm Corporation Methods and systems for determining a baseline during image processing
WO2008094316A2 (en) * 2006-09-22 2008-08-07 Stowers Institute Of Medical Research Novel branchiostoma derived fluorescent proteins
EP2064223B1 (en) 2006-09-22 2013-04-24 Dharmacon, Inc. Duplex oligonucleotide complexes and methods for gene silencing by RNA interference
US9822331B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2017-11-21 Als Automated Lab Solutions Gmbh Method and device for automated removal of cells and/or cell colonies
US7769219B2 (en) * 2006-12-11 2010-08-03 Cytyc Corporation Method for assessing image focus quality
US20090093374A1 (en) * 2007-01-25 2009-04-09 Kahp-Yang Suh Method of arraying cells at single-cell level inside microfluidic channel and method of analysing cells using the same, and cell analysis chip used for carrying out the same
US8084257B2 (en) * 2007-02-16 2011-12-27 Donndelinger Thomas M Methods for sorting dimorphic daughter cells
EP2149081B1 (en) 2007-04-17 2019-06-12 Luminex Corporation Graphical user interface for analysis and comparison of location-specific multiparameter data sets
CA2683134A1 (en) * 2007-05-07 2008-11-13 Ge Healthcare Bio-Sciences Corp. System and method for the automated analysis of cellular assays and tissues
WO2009005715A1 (en) * 2007-06-29 2009-01-08 Yale University Methods for a predictive diagnostic test for tamoxifen
US8326014B2 (en) * 2007-09-28 2012-12-04 Cytyc Corporation Methods and systems for processing biological specimens utilizing multiple wavelengths
US20090088341A1 (en) * 2007-10-01 2009-04-02 The Government Of The Usa As Represented By The Secretary Of The Dept. Of Health & Human Services Multiplex assay method for mixed cell populations
US8679836B2 (en) * 2007-10-01 2014-03-25 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Methods of monitoring angiogenesis and metastasis in three dimensional co-cultures
GB2455492B (en) * 2007-10-08 2011-11-23 Univ Greenwich Apparatus and method for detection and measurement of target compounds such as food toxins
EP2213722B1 (en) * 2007-10-19 2018-01-10 Nikon Corporation Program, computer, and culture state analyzing method
WO2009059305A2 (en) * 2007-11-01 2009-05-07 The University Of Chicago Red fluorescent proteins with enhanced bacterial expression, increased brightness and reduced aggregation
JP4839298B2 (en) * 2007-11-28 2011-12-21 キヤノン株式会社 Image processing apparatus, image processing apparatus control method, program, and storage medium
US7845686B2 (en) * 2007-12-17 2010-12-07 S & B Technical Products, Inc. Restrained pipe joining system for plastic pipe
GB0800938D0 (en) * 2008-01-18 2008-02-27 Ge Healthcare Uk Ltd Multiplex cell signalling assay
US8188060B2 (en) 2008-02-11 2012-05-29 Dharmacon, Inc. Duplex oligonucleotides with enhanced functionality in gene regulation
EP2269026B1 (en) * 2008-04-11 2019-06-19 Meso Scale Technologies, LLC Apparatus with plate-handling subsystem for conducting luminescence assays in multi-well plates
WO2009151511A1 (en) * 2008-04-29 2009-12-17 Therasis, Inc. Systems and methods for identifying combinations of compounds of therapeutic interest
US10384203B2 (en) 2008-09-24 2019-08-20 First Light Biosciences, Inc. Kits and devices for detecting analytes
US9157550B2 (en) * 2009-01-05 2015-10-13 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Microfluidic systems and methods
US8861810B2 (en) * 2009-01-06 2014-10-14 Vala Sciences, Inc. Automated image analysis with GUI management and control of a pipeline workflow
GB0903373D0 (en) 2009-02-27 2009-04-08 Univ York DNA damage repair assay
US8379960B2 (en) * 2009-03-30 2013-02-19 Ge Healthcare Bio-Sciences Corp. System and method for distinguishing between biological materials
GB0908934D0 (en) 2009-05-26 2009-07-01 Univ The West Of Scotland Differentiation medium
US8936762B2 (en) 2009-09-01 2015-01-20 Trustees Of Boston University High throughput multichannel reader and uses thereof
JP5439096B2 (en) * 2009-09-08 2014-03-12 株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ Bacteria classification device and bacteria test pretreatment device
US8451524B2 (en) 2009-09-29 2013-05-28 Amnis Corporation Modifying the output of a laser to achieve a flat top in the laser's Gaussian beam intensity profile
WO2011055791A1 (en) * 2009-11-05 2011-05-12 株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ Device for harvesting bacterial colony and method therefor
US20110183370A1 (en) * 2010-01-22 2011-07-28 Institut National D'optique Optical imaging for identifying cells labeled with fluorescent nanoparticles
GB201002130D0 (en) 2010-02-10 2010-03-31 Tmri Ltd Cell based bioassay
US8817115B1 (en) 2010-05-05 2014-08-26 Amnis Corporation Spatial alignment of image data from a multichannel detector using a reference image
US9102974B2 (en) * 2010-09-29 2015-08-11 Florida State University Research Foundation, Inc. Semi-synthetic quorum sensors
GB201104511D0 (en) 2011-03-17 2011-05-04 Univ Cardiff Cell based screening assay
US20120301913A1 (en) * 2011-05-24 2012-11-29 Cody Youngbull Microplate Assemblies for Flux Determination by Gradient Monitoring and Methods for Using Same
US8577079B2 (en) * 2011-09-02 2013-11-05 Molecular Devices, Llc Image processing system providing selective arrangement and configuration for an image analysis sequence
GB201116116D0 (en) 2011-09-19 2011-11-02 Univ York Cell differentiation
JP2013137635A (en) * 2011-12-28 2013-07-11 Dainippon Screen Mfg Co Ltd Picture display unit and picture display method
CN104904231A (en) * 2012-12-17 2015-09-09 英特尔公司 Embedding thumbnail information into video streams
JP5639670B2 (en) 2013-02-01 2014-12-10 浜松ホトニクス株式会社 Image acquisition apparatus and imaging apparatus
TWI496112B (en) * 2013-09-13 2015-08-11 Univ Nat Cheng Kung Cell image segmentation method and a nuclear-to-cytoplasmic ratio evaluation method using the same
WO2015193951A1 (en) 2014-06-16 2015-12-23 株式会社ニコン Observation device, observation method, observation system, program thereof, and method for producing cells
MX2017000181A (en) 2014-06-27 2017-05-01 Univ California Cultured mammalian limbal stem cells, methods for generating the same, and uses thereof.
CA2996293C (en) 2015-08-21 2023-12-12 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona Methods and systems for measuring growth rate in plant or aquatic animal species
ES2812883T3 (en) * 2015-10-23 2021-03-18 Novartis Ag Method of deduction of a biomarker positivity value in percent for selected cells present in a field of view
US10324080B2 (en) * 2015-11-17 2019-06-18 Purdue Research Foundation Systems and methods for automated image-guided patch-clamp electrophysiology in vitro
EP3786640B1 (en) 2015-11-25 2022-08-24 Cernostics, Inc. Methods of detecting malignant transformation of barrett's esophagus
WO2017217180A1 (en) * 2016-06-15 2017-12-21 ソニー株式会社 Information processing device, observation system, observation method, and program
EP3475443A1 (en) 2016-06-23 2019-05-01 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and compositions for detecting or measuring caspases or apoptosis
TWI595372B (en) * 2016-08-31 2017-08-11 義守大學 Microscopic image inspection system and method for inspecting actin filaments
US20190114388A1 (en) 2017-10-16 2019-04-18 Genomic Vision Sa Detection, measurement, and analysis of dna replication signals
JP7109130B2 (en) 2018-04-04 2022-07-29 株式会社エビデント microscope
AU2019297911A1 (en) * 2018-07-06 2021-01-21 Nipro Corporation Observation device
UY38427A (en) 2018-10-26 2020-05-29 Novartis Ag METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR EYE CELL THERAPY
WO2021220132A1 (en) 2020-04-27 2021-11-04 Novartis Ag Methods and compositions for ocular cell therapy

Citations (44)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4344816A (en) * 1980-12-19 1982-08-17 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Selectively etched bodies
US4647531A (en) * 1984-02-06 1987-03-03 Ortho Diagnostic Systems, Inc. Generalized cytometry instrument and methods of use
US4673988A (en) * 1985-04-22 1987-06-16 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Electronic mosaic imaging process
US4762701A (en) * 1986-10-31 1988-08-09 Smithkline Beckman Corporation In vivo cellular tracking
US4783401A (en) * 1986-10-31 1988-11-08 Smithkline Beckman Corporation Viable cell labelling
US4859584A (en) * 1986-10-31 1989-08-22 Smithkline Beckman Corporation Cell growth rate determination by measurement of changes in cyanine dye levels in plasma membranes
US4982739A (en) * 1989-02-06 1991-01-08 Board Of Regents For The Univeristy Of Oklahoma Biosample aspirator
US5031797A (en) * 1988-11-18 1991-07-16 Beckman Instruments, Inc. Reagent storage and delivery system
US5072382A (en) * 1989-10-02 1991-12-10 Kamentsky Louis A Methods and apparatus for measuring multiple optical properties of biological specimens
US5096807A (en) * 1985-03-06 1992-03-17 Murex Corporation Imaging immunoassay detection system with background compensation and its use
US5107422A (en) * 1989-10-02 1992-04-21 Kamentsky Louis A Method and apparatus for measuring multiple optical properties of biological specimens
US5143854A (en) * 1989-06-07 1992-09-01 Affymax Technologies N.V. Large scale photolithographic solid phase synthesis of polypeptides and receptor binding screening thereof
US5233369A (en) * 1990-12-27 1993-08-03 Xerox Corporation Method and apparatus for supplying ink to an ink jet printer
US5313264A (en) * 1988-11-10 1994-05-17 Pharmacia Biosensor Ab Optical biosensor system
US5324591A (en) * 1987-03-06 1994-06-28 Geo-Centers, Inc. Deep ultraviolet photolithographically defined ultra-thin films for selective cell adhesion and outgrowth and method of manufacturing the same and devices containing the same
US5326691A (en) * 1991-11-21 1994-07-05 John Hozier Micro-libraries and methods of making and manipulating them methods for generating and analyzing micro-libraries
US5355215A (en) * 1992-09-30 1994-10-11 Environmental Research Institute Of Michigan Method and apparatus for quantitative fluorescence measurements
US5384261A (en) * 1991-11-22 1995-01-24 Affymax Technologies N.V. Very large scale immobilized polymer synthesis using mechanically directed flow paths
US5401629A (en) * 1990-08-07 1995-03-28 The Salk Institute Biotechnology/Industrial Associates, Inc. Assay methods and compositions useful for measuring the transduction of an intracellular signal
US5427910A (en) * 1992-12-09 1995-06-27 Compucyte Corporation Method of cytogenetic analysis
US5491084A (en) * 1993-09-10 1996-02-13 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Uses of green-fluorescent protein
US5500071A (en) * 1994-10-19 1996-03-19 Hewlett-Packard Company Miniaturized planar columns in novel support media for liquid phase analysis
US5502467A (en) * 1994-03-07 1996-03-26 Spectra, Inc. Ink jet printhead with ink viscosity control
US5527673A (en) * 1991-10-04 1996-06-18 Orgenics Ltd. Apparatus and method for transport of nucleic acid sequences by capillary action on a solid support and detection of the nucleic acid sequences
US5548661A (en) * 1991-07-12 1996-08-20 Price; Jeffrey H. Operator independent image cytometer
US5556752A (en) * 1994-10-24 1996-09-17 Affymetrix, Inc. Surface-bound, unimolecular, double-stranded DNA
US5567294A (en) * 1996-01-30 1996-10-22 Board Of Governors, University Of Alberta Multiple capillary biochemical analyzer with barrier member
US5571410A (en) * 1994-10-19 1996-11-05 Hewlett Packard Company Fully integrated miniaturized planar liquid sample handling and analysis device
US5581487A (en) * 1994-02-23 1996-12-03 Science Applications International Corporation Method and apparatus for microscopic screening of cytological samples
US5585069A (en) * 1994-11-10 1996-12-17 David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. Partitioned microelectronic and fluidic device array for clinical diagnostics and chemical synthesis
US5627908A (en) * 1994-09-20 1997-05-06 Neopath, Inc. Method for cytological system dynamic normalization
US5670113A (en) * 1991-12-20 1997-09-23 Sibia Neurosciences, Inc. Automated analysis equipment and assay method for detecting cell surface protein and/or cytoplasmic receptor function using same
US5732150A (en) * 1995-09-19 1998-03-24 Ihc Health Services, Inc. Method and system for multiple wavelength microscopy image analysis
US5790710A (en) * 1991-07-12 1998-08-04 Jeffrey H. Price Autofocus system for scanning microscopy
US5885840A (en) * 1997-02-10 1999-03-23 Compucyte Corp. Multiple assays of cell specimens
US5919646A (en) * 1996-08-02 1999-07-06 Axiom Biotechnologies, Inc. Apparatus and method for real-time measurement of cellular response
US5989835A (en) * 1997-02-27 1999-11-23 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US6103479A (en) * 1996-05-30 2000-08-15 Cellomics, Inc. Miniaturized cell array methods and apparatus for cell-based screening
US6416959B1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2002-07-09 Kenneth Giuliano System for cell-based screening
US6671624B1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2003-12-30 Cellomics, Inc. Machine readable storage media for detecting distribution of macromolecules between nucleus and cytoplasm in cells
US6716588B2 (en) * 1999-12-09 2004-04-06 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US6727071B1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2004-04-27 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US20040101912A1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2004-05-27 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US6759206B1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2004-07-06 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening

Family Cites Families (90)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4125828A (en) * 1972-08-04 1978-11-14 Med-El Inc. Method and apparatus for automated classification and analysis of cells
US4942231A (en) 1984-05-24 1990-07-17 Mallinckrodt, Inc. Method of preparing a chlorinated, brominated, radio-brominated, iodinated and/or radioiodinated aromatic or heteroaromatic compound
JPS6131282A (en) 1984-07-24 1986-02-13 Fuji Xerox Co Ltd Serial color thermal transfer printer
US4873633A (en) * 1985-10-18 1989-10-10 Cetus Corporation User controlled off-center light absorbance reading adjuster in a liquid handling and reaction system
JPH083815B2 (en) 1985-10-25 1996-01-17 株式会社日立製作所 Natural language co-occurrence relation dictionary maintenance method
US5016283A (en) 1985-11-04 1991-05-14 Cell Analysis Systems, Inc. Methods and apparatus for immunoploidy analysis
US4998284A (en) 1987-11-17 1991-03-05 Cell Analysis Systems, Inc. Dual color camera microscope and methodology for cell staining and analysis
US4741043B1 (en) * 1985-11-04 1994-08-09 Cell Analysis Systems Inc Method of and apparatus for image analyses of biological specimens
JPH0242572A (en) 1988-08-03 1990-02-13 Hitachi Ltd Preparation/maintenance method for co-occurrence relation dictionary
US5025388A (en) 1988-08-26 1991-06-18 Cramer Richard D Iii Comparative molecular field analysis (CoMFA)
US5276867A (en) 1989-12-19 1994-01-04 Epoch Systems, Inc. Digital data storage system with improved data migration
US5276860A (en) 1989-12-19 1994-01-04 Epoch Systems, Inc. Digital data processor with improved backup storage
US5218695A (en) 1990-02-05 1993-06-08 Epoch Systems, Inc. File server system having high-speed write execution
US5375606A (en) 1990-02-28 1994-12-27 Zynaxis, Inc. Bio-analytical separation method
JPH0469776A (en) 1990-07-11 1992-03-04 Omron Corp Automatic classifying method for red blood corpuscle micronucleus cell and automatic classifying device for red blood corpuscle micronucleus cell and red blood corpuscle micronucleus cell sample generating method
US5235522A (en) 1990-10-10 1993-08-10 Cell Analysis Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for automated analysis of biological specimens
IL100124A (en) 1990-11-23 1995-12-31 Coulter Corp Method and apparatus for optically screening microscopic cells
US5340719A (en) 1990-11-23 1994-08-23 Corporation Coulter Method and apparatus for optically screening microscopic cells
EP0496902A1 (en) 1991-01-26 1992-08-05 International Business Machines Corporation Knowledge-based molecular retrieval system and method
JPH04260132A (en) 1991-02-15 1992-09-16 Hitachi Ltd Problem solving system
US5784162A (en) 1993-08-18 1998-07-21 Applied Spectral Imaging Ltd. Spectral bio-imaging methods for biological research, medical diagnostics and therapy
US5287497A (en) 1991-03-15 1994-02-15 Unisys Corporation Image statement printing system with document storage/retrieval using optical media
CA2065473C (en) 1991-04-25 1999-08-10 Kouichi Shibao Knowledge base management system for an information reasoning apparatus
US5418943A (en) 1991-10-23 1995-05-23 At&T Corp. Information system with knowledge base and data base
US5263126A (en) 1992-09-10 1993-11-16 Chang Hou Mei H Automatic expert system
US5659724A (en) 1992-11-06 1997-08-19 Ncr Interactive data analysis apparatus employing a knowledge base
GB9223259D0 (en) * 1992-11-06 1992-12-23 Quatro Biosystems Ltd Method and apparatus for image analysis
US5511186A (en) 1992-11-18 1996-04-23 Mdl Information Systems, Inc. System and methods for performing multi-source searches over heterogeneous databases
GB9226065D0 (en) 1992-12-14 1993-02-10 Ici Plc Peptides
US5615112A (en) 1993-01-29 1997-03-25 Arizona Board Of Regents Synthesized object-oriented entity-relationship (SOOER) model for coupled knowledge-base/database of image retrieval expert system (IRES)
US5434796A (en) 1993-06-30 1995-07-18 Daylight Chemical Information Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for designing molecules with desired properties by evolving successive populations
WO1995004281A1 (en) * 1993-07-27 1995-02-09 THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT, represented by THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION Quantitative method of measuring cancer cell urokinase and metastatic potential
WO1995007463A1 (en) * 1993-09-10 1995-03-16 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Uses of green fluorescent protein
WO1995021191A1 (en) * 1994-02-04 1995-08-10 William Ward Bioluminescent indicator based upon the expression of a gene for a modified green-fluorescent protein
US5537585A (en) 1994-02-25 1996-07-16 Avail Systems Corporation Data storage management for network interconnected processors
US5675819A (en) 1994-06-16 1997-10-07 Xerox Corporation Document information retrieval using global word co-occurrence patterns
US5577239A (en) 1994-08-10 1996-11-19 Moore; Jeffrey Chemical structure storage, searching and retrieval system
US5463564A (en) 1994-09-16 1995-10-31 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. System and method of automatically generating chemical compounds with desired properties
WO1996009598A1 (en) 1994-09-20 1996-03-28 Neopath, Inc. Cytological slide scoring apparatus
US5930154A (en) 1995-01-17 1999-07-27 Intertech Ventures, Ltd. Computer-based system and methods for information storage, modeling and simulation of complex systems organized in discrete compartments in time and space
US5980096A (en) 1995-01-17 1999-11-09 Intertech Ventures, Ltd. Computer-based system, methods and graphical interface for information storage, modeling and stimulation of complex systems
WO1996022574A1 (en) 1995-01-20 1996-07-25 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University System and method for simulating operation of biochemical systems
CA2217700C (en) * 1995-01-31 2002-12-17 Novo Nordisk A/S A method of detecting biologically active substances
US5819266A (en) 1995-03-03 1998-10-06 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for mining sequential patterns in a large database
GB9504446D0 (en) * 1995-03-06 1995-04-26 Medical Res Council Improvements in or relating to gene expression
US5961923A (en) * 1995-04-25 1999-10-05 Irori Matrices with memories and uses thereof
US5867118A (en) 1995-06-07 1999-02-02 Lockheed Martin Corporation Apparatus for and method of classifying patterns
US5851786A (en) * 1995-09-27 1998-12-22 National Jewish Center For Immunology And Respiratory Medicine Product and process to regulate actin polymerization
US5742811A (en) 1995-10-10 1998-04-21 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for mining generalized sequential patterns in a large database
US5809499A (en) 1995-10-20 1998-09-15 Pattern Discovery Software Systems, Ltd. Computational method for discovering patterns in data sets
US5689698A (en) 1995-10-20 1997-11-18 Ncr Corporation Method and apparatus for managing shared data using a data surrogate and obtaining cost parameters from a data dictionary by evaluating a parse tree object
JP2960340B2 (en) 1995-10-20 1999-10-06 富士ゼロックス株式会社 Data search method and device
US5859700A (en) * 1995-11-22 1999-01-12 Kairos Scientific, Inc. High resolution imaging microscope (HIRIM) and uses thereof
US5970482A (en) 1996-02-12 1999-10-19 Datamind Corporation System for data mining using neuroagents
US5978804A (en) 1996-04-11 1999-11-02 Dietzman; Gregg R. Natural products information system
AU734704B2 (en) 1996-05-30 2001-06-21 Cellomics, Inc. Miniaturized cell array methods and apparatus for cell-based screening
US5892838A (en) 1996-06-11 1999-04-06 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Biometric recognition using a classification neural network
US5751605A (en) 1996-08-15 1998-05-12 Tripos, Inc. Molecular hologram QSAR
US5873080A (en) 1996-09-20 1999-02-16 International Business Machines Corporation Using multiple search engines to search multimedia data
AU4976797A (en) 1996-10-07 1998-05-05 Irori Matrices with memories in automated drug discovery and units therefor
US6023659A (en) 1996-10-10 2000-02-08 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Database system employing protein function hierarchies for viewing biomolecular sequence data
US5862514A (en) 1996-12-06 1999-01-19 Ixsys, Inc. Method and means for synthesis-based simulation of chemicals having biological functions
US5966712A (en) 1996-12-12 1999-10-12 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Database and system for storing, comparing and displaying genomic information
US5970500A (en) 1996-12-12 1999-10-19 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Database and system for determining, storing and displaying gene locus information
US6021220A (en) 1997-02-11 2000-02-01 Silicon Biology, Inc. System and method for pattern recognition
US7117098B1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2006-10-03 Cellomics, Inc. Machine-readable storage medium for analyzing distribution of macromolecules between the cell membrane and the cell cytoplasm
US6756207B1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2004-06-29 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US7160687B1 (en) * 1997-05-29 2007-01-09 Cellomics, Inc. Miniaturized cell array methods and apparatus for cell-based screening
US6548263B1 (en) * 1997-05-29 2003-04-15 Cellomics, Inc. Miniaturized cell array methods and apparatus for cell-based screening
US5891646A (en) 1997-06-05 1999-04-06 Duke University Methods of assaying receptor activity and constructs useful in such methods
US5977890A (en) 1997-06-12 1999-11-02 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for data compression utilizing efficient pattern discovery
DE69823206T2 (en) 1997-07-25 2004-08-19 Affymetrix, Inc. (a Delaware Corp.), Santa Clara METHOD FOR PRODUCING A BIO-INFORMATICS DATABASE
JPH1165958A (en) 1997-08-21 1999-03-09 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Information transmission method and device therefor and information reception method and device therefor
US5857786A (en) 1997-09-22 1999-01-12 Illinois Tool Works Inc. Modular printer system with depleting ribbon supply roll and heated typeholder
US6238869B1 (en) * 1997-12-19 2001-05-29 High Throughput Genomics, Inc. High throughput assay system
US6210910B1 (en) * 1998-03-02 2001-04-03 Trustees Of Tufts College Optical fiber biosensor array comprising cell populations confined to microcavities
US6388788B1 (en) 1998-03-16 2002-05-14 Praelux, Inc. Method and apparatus for screening chemical compounds
US5965352A (en) 1998-05-08 1999-10-12 Rosetta Inpharmatics, Inc. Methods for identifying pathways of drug action
US6094652A (en) 1998-06-10 2000-07-25 Oracle Corporation Hierarchical query feedback in an information retrieval system
NL1009376C1 (en) 1998-06-11 1998-07-06 Boardwalk Ag Data system for providing relationship patterns between people.
DK1095277T3 (en) 1998-07-13 2003-04-22 Cellomics Inc Cell-based screening system
AU6244099A (en) 1998-09-11 2000-04-03 Gene Logic, Inc. Genomic knowledge discovery
AU6048599A (en) 1998-09-18 2000-04-10 Cellomics, Inc. A system for cell-based screening
AU759180B2 (en) 1998-10-30 2003-04-10 Cellomics, Inc. A system for cell-based screening
EP1314980B1 (en) 1999-02-26 2009-12-09 Cellomics, Inc. A system for cell-based screening
AU5269900A (en) 1999-05-14 2000-12-05 Cellomics, Inc. A system for cell-based screening
US6743576B1 (en) * 1999-05-14 2004-06-01 Cytokinetics, Inc. Database system for predictive cellular bioinformatics
IL147793A0 (en) 1999-08-05 2002-08-14 Cellomics Inc Optical system analysis of cells
US6986993B1 (en) * 1999-08-05 2006-01-17 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
WO2001035072A2 (en) 1999-11-09 2001-05-17 Cellomics, Inc. A system for cell-based screening

Patent Citations (51)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4344816A (en) * 1980-12-19 1982-08-17 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Selectively etched bodies
US4647531A (en) * 1984-02-06 1987-03-03 Ortho Diagnostic Systems, Inc. Generalized cytometry instrument and methods of use
US5096807A (en) * 1985-03-06 1992-03-17 Murex Corporation Imaging immunoassay detection system with background compensation and its use
US4673988A (en) * 1985-04-22 1987-06-16 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Electronic mosaic imaging process
US4762701A (en) * 1986-10-31 1988-08-09 Smithkline Beckman Corporation In vivo cellular tracking
US4783401A (en) * 1986-10-31 1988-11-08 Smithkline Beckman Corporation Viable cell labelling
US4859584A (en) * 1986-10-31 1989-08-22 Smithkline Beckman Corporation Cell growth rate determination by measurement of changes in cyanine dye levels in plasma membranes
US5324591A (en) * 1987-03-06 1994-06-28 Geo-Centers, Inc. Deep ultraviolet photolithographically defined ultra-thin films for selective cell adhesion and outgrowth and method of manufacturing the same and devices containing the same
US5313264A (en) * 1988-11-10 1994-05-17 Pharmacia Biosensor Ab Optical biosensor system
US5031797A (en) * 1988-11-18 1991-07-16 Beckman Instruments, Inc. Reagent storage and delivery system
US4982739A (en) * 1989-02-06 1991-01-08 Board Of Regents For The Univeristy Of Oklahoma Biosample aspirator
US5143854A (en) * 1989-06-07 1992-09-01 Affymax Technologies N.V. Large scale photolithographic solid phase synthesis of polypeptides and receptor binding screening thereof
US5107422A (en) * 1989-10-02 1992-04-21 Kamentsky Louis A Method and apparatus for measuring multiple optical properties of biological specimens
US5072382A (en) * 1989-10-02 1991-12-10 Kamentsky Louis A Methods and apparatus for measuring multiple optical properties of biological specimens
US5401629A (en) * 1990-08-07 1995-03-28 The Salk Institute Biotechnology/Industrial Associates, Inc. Assay methods and compositions useful for measuring the transduction of an intracellular signal
US5436128A (en) * 1990-08-07 1995-07-25 Salk Institute Biotechnology/Industrial Associates Assay methods and compositions for detecting and evaluating the intracellular transduction of an extracellular signal
US5486855A (en) * 1990-12-27 1996-01-23 Xerox Corporation Apparatus for supplying ink to an ink jet printer
US5233369A (en) * 1990-12-27 1993-08-03 Xerox Corporation Method and apparatus for supplying ink to an ink jet printer
US5548661A (en) * 1991-07-12 1996-08-20 Price; Jeffrey H. Operator independent image cytometer
US5790710A (en) * 1991-07-12 1998-08-04 Jeffrey H. Price Autofocus system for scanning microscopy
US5527673A (en) * 1991-10-04 1996-06-18 Orgenics Ltd. Apparatus and method for transport of nucleic acid sequences by capillary action on a solid support and detection of the nucleic acid sequences
US5326691A (en) * 1991-11-21 1994-07-05 John Hozier Micro-libraries and methods of making and manipulating them methods for generating and analyzing micro-libraries
US5384261A (en) * 1991-11-22 1995-01-24 Affymax Technologies N.V. Very large scale immobilized polymer synthesis using mechanically directed flow paths
US5670113A (en) * 1991-12-20 1997-09-23 Sibia Neurosciences, Inc. Automated analysis equipment and assay method for detecting cell surface protein and/or cytoplasmic receptor function using same
US5355215A (en) * 1992-09-30 1994-10-11 Environmental Research Institute Of Michigan Method and apparatus for quantitative fluorescence measurements
US5427910A (en) * 1992-12-09 1995-06-27 Compucyte Corporation Method of cytogenetic analysis
US5491084A (en) * 1993-09-10 1996-02-13 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Uses of green-fluorescent protein
US5581487A (en) * 1994-02-23 1996-12-03 Science Applications International Corporation Method and apparatus for microscopic screening of cytological samples
US5502467A (en) * 1994-03-07 1996-03-26 Spectra, Inc. Ink jet printhead with ink viscosity control
US5627908A (en) * 1994-09-20 1997-05-06 Neopath, Inc. Method for cytological system dynamic normalization
US5571410A (en) * 1994-10-19 1996-11-05 Hewlett Packard Company Fully integrated miniaturized planar liquid sample handling and analysis device
US5500071A (en) * 1994-10-19 1996-03-19 Hewlett-Packard Company Miniaturized planar columns in novel support media for liquid phase analysis
US5556752A (en) * 1994-10-24 1996-09-17 Affymetrix, Inc. Surface-bound, unimolecular, double-stranded DNA
US5585069A (en) * 1994-11-10 1996-12-17 David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. Partitioned microelectronic and fluidic device array for clinical diagnostics and chemical synthesis
US5732150A (en) * 1995-09-19 1998-03-24 Ihc Health Services, Inc. Method and system for multiple wavelength microscopy image analysis
US5567294A (en) * 1996-01-30 1996-10-22 Board Of Governors, University Of Alberta Multiple capillary biochemical analyzer with barrier member
US6103479A (en) * 1996-05-30 2000-08-15 Cellomics, Inc. Miniaturized cell array methods and apparatus for cell-based screening
US5919646A (en) * 1996-08-02 1999-07-06 Axiom Biotechnologies, Inc. Apparatus and method for real-time measurement of cellular response
US5885840A (en) * 1997-02-10 1999-03-23 Compucyte Corp. Multiple assays of cell specimens
US6620591B1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2003-09-16 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US6416959B1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2002-07-09 Kenneth Giuliano System for cell-based screening
US20030096322A1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2003-05-22 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US6573039B1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2003-06-03 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US5989835A (en) * 1997-02-27 1999-11-23 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US20030204316A1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2003-10-30 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US6671624B1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2003-12-30 Cellomics, Inc. Machine readable storage media for detecting distribution of macromolecules between nucleus and cytoplasm in cells
US20040009539A1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2004-01-15 Dunlay R. Terry System for cell-based screening
US6727071B1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2004-04-27 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US20040101912A1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2004-05-27 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US6759206B1 (en) * 1997-02-27 2004-07-06 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US6716588B2 (en) * 1999-12-09 2004-04-06 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening

Cited By (67)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7155344B1 (en) * 1998-07-27 2006-12-26 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Distributed database for analytical instruments
US20050148084A1 (en) * 1998-07-27 2005-07-07 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Distributed database for analytical instruments
US7343248B2 (en) * 1998-07-27 2008-03-11 Caliper Life Sciences Distributed database for analytical instruments
US20050250155A1 (en) * 1998-10-29 2005-11-10 Cell Works Diagnostics, Inc. Multiple marker characterization of single cells
US20060014137A1 (en) * 1999-08-05 2006-01-19 Ghosh Richik N System for cell-based screening
US8062856B2 (en) 1999-08-05 2011-11-22 Cellomics, Inc. System for cell-based screening
US20060128006A1 (en) * 1999-11-10 2006-06-15 Gerhardt Antimony L Hydrodynamic capture and release mechanisms for particle manipulation
US11052392B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2021-07-06 The General Hospital Corporation Microfluidic device for cell separation and uses thereof
US10081014B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2018-09-25 The General Hospital Corporation Microfluidic device for cell separation and uses thereof
US8986966B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2015-03-24 The General Hospital Corporation Microfluidic device for cell separation and uses thereof
US8895298B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2014-11-25 The General Hospital Corporation Microfluidic device for cell separation and uses thereof
US8372579B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2013-02-12 The General Hospital Corporation Microfluidic device for cell separation and uses thereof
US8304230B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2012-11-06 The General Hospital Corporation Microfluidic device for cell separation and uses thereof
US20060134599A1 (en) * 2002-09-27 2006-06-22 Mehmet Toner Microfluidic device for cell separation and uses thereof
US20080044844A1 (en) * 2004-01-27 2008-02-21 Shimshon Belkin Populations Of Cells And Devices And Systems Including Same
US20050266433A1 (en) * 2004-03-03 2005-12-01 Ravi Kapur Magnetic device for isolation of cells and biomolecules in a microfluidic environment
US7920736B2 (en) 2004-05-13 2011-04-05 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Methods and systems for imaging cells
US7907769B2 (en) 2004-05-13 2011-03-15 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Image-based methods for measuring global nuclear patterns as epigenetic markers of cell differentiation
US20060039593A1 (en) * 2004-05-13 2006-02-23 Paul Sammak Methods and systems for imaging cells
US8189900B2 (en) 2004-05-13 2012-05-29 Tha Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Image-based methods for measuring global nuclear patterns as epigenetic markers of cell differentiation
US20100260406A1 (en) * 2004-05-13 2010-10-14 Paul Sammak Methods and systems for imaging cells
US7711174B2 (en) 2004-05-13 2010-05-04 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Methods and systems for imaging cells
US20100002929A1 (en) * 2004-05-13 2010-01-07 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Image-based methods for measuring global nuclear patterns as epigenetic markers of cell differentiation
US20060148426A1 (en) * 2004-12-31 2006-07-06 Meng-Hsi Chuang Mobile communication device capable of changing its user interface
US10786817B2 (en) 2005-04-05 2020-09-29 The General Hospital Corporation Devices and method for enrichment and alteration of cells and other particles
US9174222B2 (en) 2005-04-05 2015-11-03 The General Hospital Corporation Devices and method for enrichment and alteration of cells and other particles
US9956562B2 (en) 2005-04-05 2018-05-01 The General Hospital Corporation Devices and method for enrichment and alteration of cells and other particles
US8585971B2 (en) 2005-04-05 2013-11-19 The General Hospital Corporation Devices and method for enrichment and alteration of cells and other particles
US8021614B2 (en) 2005-04-05 2011-09-20 The General Hospital Corporation Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of cells and other particles
US20070026416A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Martin Fuchs Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of circulating tumor cells and other particles
US8921102B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2014-12-30 Gpb Scientific, Llc Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of circulating tumor cells and other particles
US20070026417A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Martin Fuchs Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of circulating tumor cells and other particles
US20070026415A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Martin Fuchs Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of circulating tumor cells and other particles
US20070026414A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Martin Fuchs Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of circulating tumor cells and other particles
US20070026413A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Mehmet Toner Devices and methods for enrichment and alteration of circulating tumor cells and other particles
US20090170091A1 (en) * 2006-01-17 2009-07-02 Kenneth Giuliano Method For Predicting Biological Systems Responses
US8597899B2 (en) 2006-05-17 2013-12-03 Cernostics, Inc. Method for automated tissue analysis
US8114615B2 (en) 2006-05-17 2012-02-14 Cernostics, Inc. Method for automated tissue analysis
US9347100B2 (en) 2006-06-14 2016-05-24 Gpb Scientific, Llc Rare cell analysis using sample splitting and DNA tags
US9017942B2 (en) 2006-06-14 2015-04-28 The General Hospital Corporation Rare cell analysis using sample splitting and DNA tags
US11781187B2 (en) 2006-06-14 2023-10-10 The General Hospital Corporation Rare cell analysis using sample splitting and DNA tags
US20080124721A1 (en) * 2006-06-14 2008-05-29 Martin Fuchs Analysis of rare cell-enriched samples
US9273355B2 (en) 2006-06-14 2016-03-01 The General Hospital Corporation Rare cell analysis using sample splitting and DNA tags
US11378498B2 (en) 2006-06-14 2022-07-05 Verinata Health, Inc. Diagnosis of fetal abnormalities using polymorphisms including short tandem repeats
US10155984B2 (en) 2006-06-14 2018-12-18 The General Hospital Corporation Rare cell analysis using sample splitting and DNA tags
US20080015786A1 (en) * 2006-07-13 2008-01-17 Cellomics, Inc. Neuronal profiling
US8103457B2 (en) 2006-07-13 2012-01-24 Cellomics, Inc. Neuronal profiling
US20100166287A1 (en) * 2006-07-13 2010-07-01 Cellomics, Inc. Neuronal Profiling
US7706591B2 (en) 2006-07-13 2010-04-27 Cellomics, Inc. Neuronal profiling
US20090070337A1 (en) * 2006-09-28 2009-03-12 Xeround Systems Ltd. Apparatus and method for a distributed storage global database
US7890463B2 (en) 2006-09-28 2011-02-15 Xeround Systems Ltd. Apparatus and method for a distributed storage global database
US20100112602A1 (en) * 2006-11-10 2010-05-06 Taylor Lansing D Protein-Protein Interaction Biosensors and Methods of Use Thereof
WO2008151278A1 (en) * 2007-06-05 2008-12-11 Nanopoint, Inc. Cell tray systems and methods
US20100184629A1 (en) * 2007-06-05 2010-07-22 Nanopoint, Inc. Cell tray systems and methods
US8718363B2 (en) 2008-01-16 2014-05-06 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Systems and methods for analyzing image data using adaptive neighborhooding
US20090180693A1 (en) * 2008-01-16 2009-07-16 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Systems and methods for analyzing image data using adaptive neighborhooding
US8737703B2 (en) 2008-01-16 2014-05-27 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Systems and methods for detecting retinal abnormalities
US20100053211A1 (en) * 2008-06-27 2010-03-04 Vala Sciences, Inc. User interface method and system with image viewer for management and control of automated image processing in high content screening or high throughput screening
US20100167950A1 (en) * 2008-12-31 2010-07-01 National Health Research Institute Microarray chip and method of fabricating for the same
US9607202B2 (en) 2009-12-17 2017-03-28 University of Pittsburgh—of the Commonwealth System of Higher Education Methods of generating trophectoderm and neurectoderm from human embryonic stem cells
US20110188728A1 (en) * 2009-12-17 2011-08-04 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Methods of generating trophectoderm and neurectoderm from human embryonic stem cells
US10890596B2 (en) * 2011-03-03 2021-01-12 Life Technologies Corporation Sampling probes, systems, apparatuses, and methods
US10018631B2 (en) 2011-03-17 2018-07-10 Cernostics, Inc. Systems and compositions for diagnosing Barrett's esophagus and methods of using the same
US11920191B2 (en) 2015-02-06 2024-03-05 Life Technologies Corporation Systems and methods for assessing biological samples
CN112326538A (en) * 2015-03-31 2021-02-05 希森美康株式会社 Urine analysis system, imaging device, cell imaging device, urine analysis method, management device, and information processing method
EP3957991A1 (en) * 2015-03-31 2022-02-23 Sysmex Corporation Urine analysis system, image capturing apparatus, cell image capturing apparatus, urine analysis method, management apparatus, and information processing apparatus
US11499908B2 (en) 2015-03-31 2022-11-15 Sysmex Corporation Urine analysis system, image capturing apparatus, urine analysis method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US6620591B1 (en) 2003-09-16
US20080040044A1 (en) 2008-02-14
US7235373B2 (en) 2007-06-26
US6573039B1 (en) 2003-06-03
US7565247B1 (en) 2009-07-21
US20040009539A1 (en) 2004-01-15
US6902883B2 (en) 2005-06-07
US20030204316A1 (en) 2003-10-30
US7853409B2 (en) 2010-12-14
US7060445B1 (en) 2006-06-13
US5989835A (en) 1999-11-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6671624B1 (en) Machine readable storage media for detecting distribution of macromolecules between nucleus and cytoplasm in cells
US6727071B1 (en) System for cell-based screening
US7117098B1 (en) Machine-readable storage medium for analyzing distribution of macromolecules between the cell membrane and the cell cytoplasm
US20040063162A1 (en) System for cell-based screening
EP1203214B1 (en) Optical system analysis of cells
EP1095277B1 (en) A system for cell-based screening
US6759206B1 (en) System for cell-based screening
US8062856B2 (en) System for cell-based screening
WO1998038490A9 (en) A system for cell-based screening
US7853411B2 (en) System for cell-based screening
US6716588B2 (en) System for cell-based screening
AU6048599A (en) A system for cell-based screening
US20060094868A1 (en) System for cell-based screening
WO2001011341A2 (en) A system for cell-based screening
EP1185863A2 (en) Optical system analysis of cells
WO2000079241A2 (en) A system for cell-based screening
EP1439384B1 (en) A system for screening biological cells
AU773088B2 (en) A system for cell-based screening
MXPA01002684A (en) A system for cell-based screening

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: CARL ZEISS JENA GMBH, GERMANY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:CELLOMICS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:014717/0885

Effective date: 20031118

AS Assignment

Owner name: CELLOMICS, INC., PENNSYLVANIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:CARL ZEISS JENA GMBH;CARL ZEISS MICROIMAGING, INC.;REEL/FRAME:016864/0619

Effective date: 20050830

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION